Scripture · Sanskrit Bible with the King James Version · the Pāli Canon

Search Scripture Search

Monks’ Code 1 भिक्खुपातिमोक्ख 1

Chapter: 1

Theravāda Bhikkhupātimokkha

Pāli in Devanagari; under each word its Roman pronunciation, syllable by syllable (ṃ = nasal hum). Tap a Pāli word for its meaning (PTS Pāli-English Dictionary); tap again to open it in the Pāli dictionary.

Verse: 123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960616263646566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144145146147148149150151152153154155156157158159160161162163164165166167168169170171172173174175176177178179180181182183184185186187188189190191192193194195196197198199200201202203204205206207208209210211212213214215216217218219220221222223224225226227228229230231232233234235236237238239240241242243244245246247248249250251252253254255256257258259260261262263264265266267268269270271272273274275276277278279280281282283284285286287288289290291292293294295296297298299300301302303304305306307308309310311312313314315316317318319320321322323324325326327328329330331332333334335336337338339340341342343344345346347348349350351352353354355356357358359360361362363364365366367368369370371372373374375376377378379380381382383384385386387388389390391392393394395396397398399400401402403404405406407408409410411412413414415416417418419420421422423424425426427428429430431432433434435436437438439440441442443444445446447448449450451452453454455456457458459460461462463464465466467468469470471472473474475476477478479480481482483484485486487488489490491492493494495496497498499500501502503504505506507508509510511512513514515516517518519520521522523524525526527528529530531532533534535536537538539540541542543544545546547548549550551552553554555556557558559560561562563564565566567568569570571572573574575576577578579580581582583584585586587588589590591592593594595596597598599600601602603604605606607608609610611612613614615616617618619620621622623624625626627628629630631632633634635636637638639640641642643644645646647648649650651652653654655656657658659660661662663664665666667668669670671672673674675676677678679680681682683684685686687688689690691692693694695696697698699700701702703704705706707708709710711712713714715716717718719720721722723724725726727728729730731732733734735736737738739740741742743744745746747748749750751752753754 · Hide pronunciation

1. 1

   द्वेमातिकापाळिdve·mā·ti·kā·pā·ḷi

   Dvemātikāpāḷi

2. 2

   थेरवादthe·ra·vā·da भिक्खुपातिमोक्खbhik·khu·pā·ti·mok·kha

   Theravāda Bhikkhupātimokkha

   The monks’ rules

3. 3

   पुब्बकरणंpub·ba·ka·ra·ṇaṃ

   Pubbakaraṇaṁ

   Preliminaries

4. 4

   सम्मज्जनीsam·maj·ja·nī पदीपोpa·dī·po च,ca उदकंu·da·kaṃ आसनेनā·sa·ne·na च;ca

   Sammajjanī padīpo ca, udakaṁ āsanena ca;

   Sweeping and lamps, setting up of water and seats;

5. 5

   उपोसथस्सu·po·sa·thas·sa एतानि,e·tā·ni “पुब्बकरण”न्तिpub·ba·ka·ra·ṇa वुच्चति।vuc·ca·ti

   Uposathassa etāni, “pubbakaraṇa”nti vuccati.

   these are to be done before the observance-day ceremony.

6. 6

   पुब्बकिच्चंpub·ba·kic·caṃ

   Pubbakiccaṁ

   Preliminary duties

7. 7

   छन्द,chan·da पारिसुद्धि,pā·ri·sud·dhi उतुक्खानं,u·tuk·khā·naṃ भिक्खुगणनाbhik·khu·ga·ṇa·nā चca ओवादो;o·vā·do

   Chanda, pārisuddhi, utukkhānaṁ, bhikkhugaṇanā ca ovādo;

   Consent, purity, knowing the season, and counting the monks, instruction;

8. 8

   उपोसथस्सu·po·sa·thas·sa एतानि,e·tā·ni “पुब्बकिच्च”न्तिpub·ba·kic·ca वुच्चति।vuc·ca·ti

   Uposathassa etāni, “pubbakicca”nti vuccati.

   these are called the preliminary duties of the observance-day ceremony.

9. 9

   पत्तकल्लअङ्गाpat·ta·kal·la·aṅ·gā

   Pattakallaaṅgā

   The factors of readiness

10. 10

    उपोसथो,u·po·sa·tho यावतिकाyā·va·ti·kā चca भिक्खूbhik·khū कम्मप्पत्ता;kam·map·pat·tā

    Uposatho, yāvatikā ca bhikkhū kammappattā;

    It is the observance day, all the monks who should be present have arrived,

11. 11

    सभागापत्तियोsa·bhā·gā·pat·ti·yo चca नna विज्जन्ति;vij·jan·ti

    Sabhāgāpattiyo ca na vijjanti;

    there are no shared offenses,

12. 12

    वज्जनीयाvaj·ja·nī·yā चca पुग्गलाpug·ga·lā तस्मिंtas·miṃ नna होन्ति,hon·ti “पत्तकल्ल”न्तिpat·ta·kal·la वुच्चति।vuc·ca·ti

    Vajjanīyā ca puggalā tasmiṁ na honti, “pattakalla”nti vuccati.

    and there is no one there who should not be present. This is called readiness.

13. 13

    पुब्बकरणपुब्बकिच्चानिpub·ba·ka·ra·ṇa·pub·ba·kic·cā·ni समापेत्वाsa·mā·pet·vā देसितापत्तिकस्सde·si·tā·pat·ti·kas·sa समग्गस्सsa·mag·gas·sa भिक्खुसङ्घस्सbhik·khu·saṅ·ghas·sa अनुमतियाa·nu·ma·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसितुंud·di·si·tuṃ आराधनंā·rā·dha·naṃ करोम।ka·ro·ma

    Pubbakaraṇapubbakiccāni samāpetvā desitāpattikassa samaggassa bhikkhusaṅghassa anumatiyā pātimokkhaṁ uddisituṁ ārādhanaṁ karoma.

    “Having completed the duties to be done beforehand and the preliminary duties, with the assent of the monks’ community, one and all, with offenses confessed, I invite the recitation of the Monastic Code.”

14. 14

    निदानुद्देसोni·dā·nud·de·so

    Nidānuddeso

    The recitation of the introduction

15. 15

    सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मेme भन्तेbhan·te सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

    Suṇātu me bhante saṅgho.

    “Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

16. 16

    अज्जुपोसथोaj·ju·po·sa·tho पन्नरसो,pan·na·ra·so

    Ajjuposatho pannaraso,

    Today is the observance day, the fifteenth.

17. 17

    यदिya·di सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa पत्तकल्लं,pat·ta·kal·laṃ सङ्घोsaṅ·gho उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करेय्य,ka·rey·ya पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसेय्य।ud·di·sey·ya

    yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho uposathaṁ kareyya, pātimokkhaṁ uddiseyya.

    If the Sangha is ready, it should do the observance-day ceremony, it should recite the Monastic Code.

18. 18

    किंkiṃ सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa पुब्बकिच्चं?pub·ba·kic·caṃ

    Kiṁ saṅghassa pubbakiccaṁ?

    What is the preliminary duty of the Sangha?

19. 19

    पारिसुद्धिंpā·ri·sud·dhiṃ आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to आरोचेथ,ā·ro·ce·tha

    Pārisuddhiṁ āyasmanto ārocetha,

    The venerables should declare their purity.

20. 20

    पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसिस्सामि,ud·di·sis·sā·mi

    pātimokkhaṁ uddisissāmi,

    I will recite the Monastic Code.

21. 21

    तंtaṃ सब्बेवsab·be·va सन्ताsan·tā साधुकंsā·dhu·kaṃ सुणोमsu·ṇo·ma मनसिma·na·si करोम।ka·ro·ma

    taṁ sabbeva santā sādhukaṁ suṇoma manasi karoma.

    Everyone present should listen to it and attend carefully.

22. 22

    यस्सyas·sa सियाsi·yā आपत्ति,ā·pat·ti सोso आविकरेय्य,ā·vi·ka·rey·ya

    Yassa siyā āpatti, so āvikareyya,

    Anyone who has committed an offense should reveal it.

23. 23

    असन्तियाa·san·ti·yā आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā तुण्हीtuṇ·hī भवितब्बं,bha·vi·tab·baṃ

    asantiyā āpattiyā tuṇhī bhavitabbaṁ,

    If you haven’t committed any offense, you should remain silent.

24. 24

    तुण्हीभावेनtuṇ·hī·bhā·ve·na खोkho पनायस्मन्तेpa·nā·yas·man·te “परिसुद्धा”तिpa·ri·sud·dhā वेदिस्सामि।ve·dis·sā·mi

    tuṇhībhāvena kho panāyasmante “parisuddhā”ti vedissāmi.

    If you are silent, I will regard you as pure.

25. 25

    यथाya·thā खोkho पनpa·na पच्चेकपुट्ठस्सpac·ce·ka·puṭ·ṭhas·sa वेय्याकरणंvey·yā·ka·ra·ṇaṃ होति,ho·ti एवमेवंe·va·me·vaṃ एवरूपायe·va·rū·pā·ya परिसायpa·ri·sā·ya यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ अनुसावितंa·nu·sā·vi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

    Yathā kho pana paccekapuṭṭhassa veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti, evamevaṁ evarūpāya parisāya yāvatatiyaṁ anusāvitaṁ hoti.

    Just as one responds when asked individually, so too, an announcement is made three times in this kind of gathering.

26. 26

    योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ अनुसावियमानेa·nu·sā·vi·ya·mā·ne सरमानोsa·ra·mā·no सन्तिंsan·tiṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ नाविकरेय्य,nā·vi·ka·rey·ya सम्पजानमुसावादस्सsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā·vā·das·sa होति।ho·ti

    Yo pana bhikkhu yāvatatiyaṁ anusāviyamāne saramāno santiṁ āpattiṁ nāvikareyya, sampajānamusāvādassa hoti.

    If a monk remembers an offense while the announcement is being made up to the third time, but doesn’t reveal it, he is lying in full awareness.

27. 27

    सम्पजानमुसावादोsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā·vā·do खोkho पनायस्मन्तोpa·nā·yas·man·to अन्तरायिकोan·ta·rā·yi·ko धम्मोdham·mo वुत्तोvut·to भगवता,bha·ga·va·tā

    Sampajānamusāvādo kho panāyasmanto antarāyiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā,

    Lying in full awareness is called an obstacle by the Buddha.

28. 28

    तस्माtas·mā सरमानेनsa·ra·mā·ne·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā आपन्नेनā·pan·ne·na विसुद्धापेक्खेनvi·sud·dhā·pek·khe·na सन्तीsan·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti आविकातब्बा,ā·vi·kā·tab·bā

    tasmā saramānena bhikkhunā āpannena visuddhāpekkhena santī āpatti āvikātabbā,

    A monk who remembers an offense and is seeking purification should therefore reveal it.

29. 29

    आविकताā·vi·ka·tā हिस्सhis·sa फासुphā·su होति।ho·ti

    āvikatā hissa phāsu hoti.

    When it’s revealed, he will be at ease.

30. 30

    उद्दिट्ठंud·diṭ·ṭhaṃ खोkho आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to निदानं।ni·dā·naṃ

    Uddiṭṭhaṁ kho āyasmanto nidānaṁ.

    Venerables, the introduction has been recited.

31. 31

    तत्थायस्मन्तेtat·thā·yas·man·te पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

    Tatthāyasmante pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

    In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

32. 32

    दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

    dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

    A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

33. 33

    ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

    tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

    A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

34. 34

    परिसुद्धेत्थायस्मन्तो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thā·yas·man·to तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

    parisuddhetthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

    You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

35. 35

    निदानंni·dā·naṃ निट्ठितं।niṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Nidānaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

    The introduction is finished.

36. 36

    पाराजिकुद्देसोpā·rā·ji·kud·de·so

    Pārājikuddeso

    The recitation of the rules on expulsion

37. 37

    तत्रिमेtat·ri·me चत्तारोcat·tā·ro पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā धम्माdham·mā उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छन्ति।ā·gac·chan·ti

    Tatrime cattāro pārājikā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.

    These four rules on expulsion come up for recitation.

38. 38

    पाराजिकpā·rā·ji·ka 1। मेथुनधम्मme·thu·na·dham·ma

    Pārājika 1. Methunadhamma

    Expulsion 1: sexual intercourse

39. 39

    योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सिक्खासाजीवसमापन्नोsik·khā·sā·jī·va·sa·mā·pan·no सिक्खंsik·khaṃ अप्पच्चक्खायap·pac·cak·khā·ya दुब्बल्यंdub·bal·yaṃ अनाविकत्वाa·nā·vi·kat·vā मेथुनंme·thu·naṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ पटिसेवेय्य,pa·ṭi·se·vey·ya अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so तिरच्छानगतायपि,ti·rac·chā·na·ga·tā·ya·pi पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होतिho·ti असंवासो।a·saṃ·vā·so

    Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno sikkhaṁ appaccakkhāya dubbalyaṁ anāvikatvā methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭiseveyya, antamaso tiracchānagatāyapi, pārājiko hoti asaṁvāso.

    If a monk, after taking on the monks’ training and way of life, without first renouncing the training and revealing his weakness, has sexual intercourse, even with a female animal, he is expelled and excluded from the community.

40. 40

    पाराजिकpā·rā·ji·ka 2। अदिन्नादानa·din·nā·dā·na

    Pārājika 2. Adinnādāna

    Expulsion 2: stealing

41. 41

    योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu गामाgā·mā वाvā अरञ्ञाa·rañ·ñā वाvā अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ थेय्यसङ्खातंthey·ya·saṅ·khā·taṃ आदियेय्य,ā·di·yey·ya

    Yo pana bhikkhu gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyeyya,

    If a monk, intending to steal, takes from an inhabited area or from the wilderness what has not been given to him—

42. 42

    यथारूपेya·thā·rū·pe अदिन्नादानेa·din·nā·dā·ne राजानोrā·jā·no चोरंco·raṃ गहेत्वाga·het·vā हनेय्युंha·ney·yuṃ वाvā बन्धेय्युंban·dhey·yuṃ वाvā पब्बाजेय्युंpab·bā·jey·yuṃ वाvā चोरोसिco·ro·si बालोसिbā·lo·si मूळ्होसिmū·ḷho·si थेनोसीति,the·no·sī·ti तथारूपंta·thā·rū·paṃ भिक्खुbhik·khu अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियमानोā·di·ya·mā·no

    yathārūpe adinnādāne rājāno coraṁ gahetvā haneyyuṁ vā bandheyyuṁ vā pabbājeyyuṁ vā corosi bālosi mūḷhosi thenosīti, tathārūpaṁ bhikkhu adinnaṁ ādiyamāno

    the sort of stealing for which kings, having caught a thief, would beat, imprison, or banish him, saying, ‘You’re a bandit, you’re a fool, you’ve gone astray, you’re a thief’—

43. 43

    अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होतिho·ti असंवासो।a·saṃ·vā·so

    ayampi pārājiko hoti asaṁvāso.

    he too is expelled and excluded from the community.

44. 44

    पाराजिकpā·rā·ji·ka 3। मनुस्सविग्गहma·nus·sa·vig·ga·ha

    Pārājika 3. Manussaviggaha

    Expulsion 3: killing a human being

45. 45

    योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca मनुस्सविग्गहंma·nus·sa·vig·ga·haṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेय्य,vo·ro·pey·ya सत्थहारकंsat·tha·hā·ra·kaṃ वास्सvās·sa परियेसेय्य,pa·ri·ye·sey·ya मरणवण्णंma·ra·ṇa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ वाvā संवण्णेय्य,saṃ·vaṇ·ṇey·ya मरणायma·ra·ṇā·ya वाvā समादपेय्यsa·mā·da·pey·ya

    Yo pana bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṁ jīvitā voropeyya, satthahārakaṁ vāssa pariyeseyya, maraṇavaṇṇaṁ vā saṁvaṇṇeyya, maraṇāya vā samādapeyya

    If a monk intentionally kills a human being or seeks an instrument of death for them or praises death or incites someone to die, saying,

46. 46

    “अम्भोam·bho पुरिसpu·ri·sa किंkiṃ तुय्हिमिनाtuy·hi·mi·nā पापकेनpā·pa·ke·na दुज्जीवितेन,duj·jī·vi·te·na मतंma·taṃ तेte जीविताjī·vi·tā सेय्यो”ति,sey·yo

    “ambho purisa kiṁ tuyhiminā pāpakena dujjīvitena, mataṁ te jīvitā seyyo”ti,

    ‘My friend, what’s the point of this miserable and difficult life? Death is better for you than life!’—

47. 47

    इतिi·ti चित्तमनोcit·ta·ma·no चित्तसङ्कप्पोcit·ta·saṅ·kap·po अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na मरणवण्णंma·ra·ṇa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ वाvā संवण्णेय्य,saṃ·vaṇ·ṇey·ya मरणायma·ra·ṇā·ya वाvā समादपेय्य,sa·mā·da·pey·ya

    iti cittamano cittasaṅkappo anekapariyāyena maraṇavaṇṇaṁ vā saṁvaṇṇeyya, maraṇāya vā samādapeyya,

    thinking and intending thus, if he praises death in many ways or incites someone to die—

48. 48

    अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होतिho·ti असंवासो।a·saṃ·vā·so

    ayampi pārājiko hoti asaṁvāso.

    he too is expelled and excluded from the community.

49. 49

    पाराजिकpā·rā·ji·ka 4। उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·ma

    Pārājika 4. Uttarimanussadhamma

    Expulsion 4: falsely claiming a superhuman quality

50. 50

    योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अनभिजानंa·na·bhi·jā·naṃ उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ अत्तुपनायिकंat·tu·pa·nā·yi·kaṃ अलमरियञाणदस्सनंa·la·ma·ri·ya·ñā·ṇa·das·sa·naṃ समुदाचरेय्यsa·mu·dā·ca·rey·ya “इतिi·ti जानामि,jā·nā·mi इतिi·ti पस्सामी”ति,pas·sā·mī

    Yo pana bhikkhu anabhijānaṁ uttarimanussadhammaṁ attupanāyikaṁ alamariyañāṇadassanaṁ samudācareyya “iti jānāmi, iti passāmī”ti,

    If a monk falsely claims for himself a superhuman quality, a knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones, saying, ‘This I know, this I see,’

51. 51

    ततोta·to अपरेनa·pa·re·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na समनुग्गाहीयमानोsa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·no वाvā असमनुग्गाहीयमानोa·sa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·no वाvā आपन्नोā·pan·no विसुद्धापेक्खोvi·sud·dhā·pek·kho एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्यva·dey·ya “अजानमेवंa·jā·na·me·vaṃ आवुसोā·vu·so अवचंa·va·caṃ जानामि,jā·nā·mi अपस्संa·pas·saṃ पस्सामि,pas·sā·mi तुच्छंtuc·chaṃ मुसाmu·sā विलपि”न्ति,vi·la·pi

    tato aparena samayena samanuggāhīyamāno vā asamanuggāhīyamāno vā āpanno visuddhāpekkho evaṁ vadeyya “ajānamevaṁ āvuso avacaṁ jānāmi, apassaṁ passāmi, tucchaṁ musā vilapi”nti,

    but after some time—whether he is questioned or not, but having committed the offense and seeking purification—should say: ‘Not knowing I said that I know, not seeing that I see; what I said was empty and false,’ then,

52. 52

    अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra अधिमाना,a·dhi·mā·nā

    aññatra adhimānā,

    except if it is due to overestimation,

53. 53

    अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होतिho·ti असंवासो।a·saṃ·vā·so

    ayampi pārājiko hoti asaṁvāso.

    he too is expelled and excluded from the community.

54. 54

    उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खोkho आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to चत्तारोcat·tā·ro पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā धम्मा।dham·mā

    Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto cattāro pārājikā dhammā.

    Venerables, the four rules on expulsion have been recited.

55. 55

    येसंye·saṃ भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ वाvā अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ वाvā आपज्जित्वाā·paj·jit·vā नna लभतिla·bha·ti भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ संवासंsaṃ·vā·saṃ

    Yesaṁ bhikkhu aññataraṁ vā aññataraṁ vā āpajjitvā na labhati bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ saṁvāsaṁ

    If a monk commits any one of them, he is no longer part of the community of monks.

56. 56

    यथाya·thā पुरे,pu·re तथाta·thā पच्छा,pac·chā पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होतिho·ti असंवासो।a·saṃ·vā·so

    yathā pure, tathā pacchā, pārājiko hoti asaṁvāso.

    As before, so after: he’s expelled and excluded from the community.

57. 57

    तत्थायस्मन्तेtat·thā·yas·man·te पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

    Tatthāyasmante pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

    In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

58. 58

    दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

    dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

    A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

59. 59

    ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

    tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

    A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

60. 60

    परिसुद्धेत्थायस्मन्तो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thā·yas·man·to तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

    parisuddhetthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

    You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

61. 61

    पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ निट्ठितंniṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

    Pārājikaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ

    The offenses entailing expulsion are finished.

62. 62

    सङ्घादिसेसुद्देसोsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sud·de·so

    Saṅghādisesuddeso

    The recitation of the rules of suspension

63. 63

    इमेi·me खोkho पनायस्मन्तोpa·nā·yas·man·to तेरसte·ra·sa सङ्घादिसेसाsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sā धम्माdham·mā उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छन्ति।ā·gac·chan·ti

    Ime kho panāyasmanto terasa saṅghādisesā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.

    Venerables, these thirteen rules on suspension come up for recitation.

64. 64

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 1। सुक्कविस्सट्ठिsuk·ka·vis·saṭ·ṭhi

    Saṅghādisesa 1. Sukkavissaṭṭhi

    Suspension 1: masturbation

65. 65

    सञ्चेतनिकाsañ·ce·ta·ni·kā सुक्कविस्सट्ठिsuk·ka·vis·saṭ·ṭhi अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra सुपिनन्ताsu·pi·nan·tā सङ्घादिसेसो।saṅ·ghā·di·se·so

    Sañcetanikā sukkavissaṭṭhi aññatra supinantā saṅghādiseso.

    Intentional emission of semen, except while dreaming, is an offense entailing suspension.

66. 66

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 2। कायसंसग्गkā·ya·saṃ·sag·ga

    Saṅghādisesa 2. Kāyasaṁsagga

    Suspension 2: physical contact with a woman

67. 67

    योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu ओतिण्णोo·tiṇ·ṇo विपरिणतेनvi·pa·ri·ṇa·te·na चित्तेनcit·te·na मातुगामेनmā·tu·gā·me·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ कायसंसग्गंkā·ya·saṃ·sag·gaṃ समापज्जेय्यsa·mā·paj·jey·ya हत्थग्गाहंhat·thag·gā·haṃ वाvā वेणिग्गाहंve·ṇig·gā·haṃ वाvā अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa वाvā अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa वाvā अङ्गस्सaṅ·gas·sa परामसनं,pa·rā·ma·sa·naṃ सङ्घादिसेसो।saṅ·ghā·di·se·so

    Yo pana bhikkhu otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena mātugāmena saddhiṁ kāyasaṁsaggaṁ samāpajjeyya hatthaggāhaṁ vā veṇiggāhaṁ vā aññatarassa vā aññatarassa vā aṅgassa parāmasanaṁ, saṅghādiseso.

    If a monk, overcome by lust and with a distorted mind, makes physical contact with a woman—holding her hand or hair, or touching any part of her body—he commits an offense entailing suspension.

68. 68

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 3। दुट्ठुल्लवाचाduṭ·ṭhul·la·vā·cā

    Saṅghādisesa 3. Duṭṭhullavācā

    Suspension 3: indecent speech

69. 69

    योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu ओतिण्णोo·tiṇ·ṇo विपरिणतेनvi·pa·ri·ṇa·te·na चित्तेनcit·te·na मातुगामंmā·tu·gā·maṃ दुट्ठुल्लाहिduṭ·ṭhul·lā·hi वाचाहिvā·cā·hi ओभासेय्यo·bhā·sey·ya यथाya·thā तंtaṃ युवाyu·vā युवतिंyu·va·tiṃ मेथुनुपसंहिताहि,me·thu·nu·pa·saṃ·hi·tā·hi सङ्घादिसेसो।saṅ·ghā·di·se·so

    Yo pana bhikkhu otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena mātugāmaṁ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāseyya yathā taṁ yuvā yuvatiṁ methunupasaṁhitāhi, saṅghādiseso.

    If a monk, overcome by lust and with a distorted mind, speaks indecent words to a woman, as a young man might to a young woman and referring to sexual intercourse, he commits an offense entailing suspension.

70. 70

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 4। अत्तकामपारिचरियat·ta·kā·ma·pā·ri·ca·ri·ya

    Saṅghādisesa 4. Attakāmapāricariya

    Suspension 4: encouraging a woman to satisfy one’s desires

71. 71

    योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu ओतिण्णोo·tiṇ·ṇo विपरिणतेनvi·pa·ri·ṇa·te·na चित्तेनcit·te·na मातुगामस्सmā·tu·gā·mas·sa सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke अत्तकामपारिचरियायat·ta·kā·ma·pā·ri·ca·ri·yā·ya वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासेय्यbhā·sey·ya “एतदग्गंe·ta·dag·gaṃ भगिनिbha·gi·ni पारिचरियानंpā·ri·ca·ri·yā·naṃ याyā मादिसंmā·di·saṃ सीलवन्तंsī·la·van·taṃ कल्याणधम्मंkal·yā·ṇa·dham·maṃ ब्रह्मचारिंbrah·ma·cā·riṃ एतेनe·te·na धम्मेनdham·me·na परिचरेय्या”तिpa·ri·ca·rey·yā मेथुनुपसंहितेन,me·thu·nu·pa·saṃ·hi·te·na सङ्घादिसेसो।saṅ·ghā·di·se·so

    Yo pana bhikkhu otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena mātugāmassa santike attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyya “etadaggaṁ bhagini pāricariyānaṁ yā mādisaṁ sīlavantaṁ kalyāṇadhammaṁ brahmacāriṁ etena dhammena paricareyyā”ti methunupasaṁhitena, saṅghādiseso.

    If a monk, overcome by lust and with a distorted mind, encourages a woman to satisfy his own desires, saying, ‘Sister, she provides the highest service who in this way satisfies one like me, who is virtuous, celibate, and of good character,’ and if it is a reference to sexual intercourse, he commits an offense entailing suspension.

72. 72

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 5। सञ्चरित्तsañ·ca·rit·ta

    Saṅghādisesa 5. Sañcaritta

    Suspension 5: matchmaking

73. 73

    योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सञ्चरित्तंsañ·ca·rit·taṃ समापज्जेय्यsa·mā·paj·jey·ya इत्थियाit·thi·yā वाvā पुरिसमतिंpu·ri·sa·ma·tiṃ पुरिसस्सpu·ri·sas·sa वाvā इत्थिमतिं,it·thi·ma·tiṃ जायत्तनेjā·yat·ta·ne वाvā जारत्तनेjā·rat·ta·ne वा,vā अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so तङ्खणिकायपि,taṅ·kha·ṇi·kā·ya·pi सङ्घादिसेसो।saṅ·ghā·di·se·so

    Yo pana bhikkhu sañcarittaṁ samāpajjeyya itthiyā vā purisamatiṁ purisassa vā itthimatiṁ, jāyattane vā jārattane vā, antamaso taṅkhaṇikāyapi, saṅghādiseso.

    If a monk acts as a matchmaker, conveying a man’s intention to a woman or a woman’s intention to a man, for marriage or for an affair, even if just a brief one, he commits an offense entailing suspension.

74. 74

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 6। कुटिकारku·ṭi·kā·ra

    Saṅghādisesa 6. Kuṭikāra

    Suspension 6: building a hut inappropriately

75. 75

    सञ्ञाचिकायsañ·ñā·ci·kā·ya पनpa·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā कुटिंku·ṭiṃ कारयमानेनkā·ra·ya·mā·ne·na अस्सामिकंas·sā·mi·kaṃ अत्तुद्देसंat·tud·de·saṃ पमाणिकाpa·mā·ṇi·kā कारेतब्बा,kā·re·tab·bā तत्रिदंtat·ri·daṃ पमाणं,pa·mā·ṇaṃ दीघसोdī·gha·so द्वादसdvā·da·sa विदत्थियोvi·dat·thi·yo सुगतविदत्थिया,su·ga·ta·vi·dat·thi·yā तिरियंti·ri·yaṃ सत्तन्तरा,sat·tan·ta·rā

    Saññācikāya pana bhikkhunā kuṭiṁ kārayamānena assāmikaṁ attuddesaṁ pamāṇikā kāretabbā, tatridaṁ pamāṇaṁ, dīghaso dvādasa vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā, tiriyaṁ sattantarā,

    When a monk, by means of begging, builds a hut without a sponsoring owner and intended for himself, it is to be no more than twelve standard handspans long and seven wide inside.

76. 76

    भिक्खूbhik·khū अभिनेतब्बाa·bhi·ne·tab·bā वत्थुदेसनाय,vat·thu·de·sa·nā·ya तेहिte·hi भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi वत्थुvat·thu देसेतब्बंde·se·tab·baṃ अनारम्भंa·nā·ram·bhaṃ सपरिक्कमनं।sa·pa·rik·ka·ma·naṃ

    bhikkhū abhinetabbā vatthudesanāya, tehi bhikkhūhi vatthu desetabbaṁ anārambhaṁ saparikkamanaṁ.

    He must have monks approve a site where no harm will be done and which has space on all sides.

77. 77

    सारम्भेsā·ram·bhe चेce भिक्खुbhik·khu वत्थुस्मिंvat·thus·miṃ अपरिक्कमनेa·pa·rik·ka·ma·ne सञ्ञाचिकायsañ·ñā·ci·kā·ya कुटिंku·ṭiṃ कारेय्य,kā·rey·ya भिक्खूbhik·khū वाvā अनभिनेय्यa·na·bhi·ney·ya वत्थुदेसनाय,vat·thu·de·sa·nā·ya पमाणंpa·mā·ṇaṃ वाvā अतिक्कामेय्य,a·tik·kā·mey·ya सङ्घादिसेसो।saṅ·ghā·di·se·so

    Sārambhe ce bhikkhu vatthusmiṁ aparikkamane saññācikāya kuṭiṁ kāreyya, bhikkhū vā anabhineyya vatthudesanāya, pamāṇaṁ vā atikkāmeyya, saṅghādiseso.

    If a monk, by means of begging, builds a hut on a site where harm will be done and which lacks space on all sides, or he does not have monks approve the site, or he exceeds the right size, he commits an offense entailing suspension.

78. 78

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 7। विहारकारvi·hā·ra·kā·ra

    Saṅghādisesa 7. Vihārakāra

    Suspension 7: building a dwelling inappropriately

79. 79

    महल्लकंma·hal·la·kaṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā विहारंvi·hā·raṃ कारयमानेनkā·ra·ya·mā·ne·na सस्सामिकंsas·sā·mi·kaṃ अत्तुद्देसंat·tud·de·saṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū अभिनेतब्बाa·bhi·ne·tab·bā वत्थुदेसनाय,vat·thu·de·sa·nā·ya

    Mahallakaṁ pana bhikkhunā vihāraṁ kārayamānena sassāmikaṁ attuddesaṁ bhikkhū abhinetabbā vatthudesanāya,

    When a monk builds a large dwelling with a sponsoring owner and intended for himself,

80. 80

    तेहिte·hi भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi वत्थुvat·thu देसेतब्बंde·se·tab·baṃ अनारम्भंa·nā·ram·bhaṃ सपरिक्कमनं।sa·pa·rik·ka·ma·naṃ

    tehi bhikkhūhi vatthu desetabbaṁ anārambhaṁ saparikkamanaṁ.

    he must have monks approve a site where no harm will be done and which has space on all sides.

81. 81

    सारम्भेsā·ram·bhe चेce भिक्खुbhik·khu वत्थुस्मिंvat·thus·miṃ अपरिक्कमनेa·pa·rik·ka·ma·ne महल्लकंma·hal·la·kaṃ विहारंvi·hā·raṃ कारेय्य,kā·rey·ya भिक्खूbhik·khū वाvā अनभिनेय्यa·na·bhi·ney·ya वत्थुदेसनाय,vat·thu·de·sa·nā·ya सङ्घादिसेसो।saṅ·ghā·di·se·so

    Sārambhe ce bhikkhu vatthusmiṁ aparikkamane mahallakaṁ vihāraṁ kāreyya, bhikkhū vā anabhineyya vatthudesanāya, saṅghādiseso.

    If a monk builds a large dwelling on a site where harm will be done and which lacks space on all sides, or he does not have monks approve the site, he commits an offense entailing suspension.

82. 82

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 8। दुट्ठदोसduṭ·ṭha·do·sa

    Saṅghādisesa 8. Duṭṭhadosa

    Suspension 8: making a groundless accusation out of anger

83. 83

    योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ दुट्ठोduṭ·ṭho दोसोdo·so अप्पतीतोap·pa·tī·to अमूलकेनa·mū·la·ke·na पाराजिकेनpā·rā·ji·ke·na धम्मेनdham·me·na अनुद्धंसेय्यa·nud·dhaṃ·sey·ya “अप्पेवap·pe·va नामnā·ma नंnaṃ इमम्हाi·mam·hā ब्रह्मचरियाbrah·ma·ca·ri·yā चावेय्य”न्ति,cā·vey·ya

    Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ duṭṭho doso appatīto amūlakena pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṁseyya “appeva nāma naṁ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyya”nti,

    If a monk who is angry and displeased groundlessly charges a monk with an offense entailing expulsion, aiming to make him leave the monastic life,

84. 84

    ततोta·to अपरेनa·pa·re·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na समनुग्गाहीयमानोsa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·no वाvā असमनुग्गाहीयमानोa·sa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·no वाvā अमूलकञ्चेवa·mū·la·kañ·ce·va तंtaṃ अधिकरणंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ होति,ho·ti भिक्खुbhik·khu चca दोसंdo·saṃ पतिट्ठाति,pa·tiṭ·ṭhā·ti सङ्घादिसेसो।saṅ·ghā·di·se·so

    tato aparena samayena samanuggāhīyamāno vā asamanuggāhīyamāno vā amūlakañceva taṁ adhikaraṇaṁ hoti, bhikkhu ca dosaṁ patiṭṭhāti, saṅghādiseso.

    and then after some time, whether he is questioned or not, it is clear that the legal issue is groundless, and he admits to his ill will, he commits an offense entailing suspension.

85. 85

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 9। अञ्ञभागियañ·ña·bhā·gi·ya

    Saṅghādisesa 9. Aññabhāgiya

    Suspension 9: making a groundless accusation out of anger, using a pretext

86. 86

    योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ दुट्ठोduṭ·ṭho दोसोdo·so अप्पतीतोap·pa·tī·to अञ्ञभागियस्सañ·ña·bhā·gi·yas·sa अधिकरणस्सa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇas·sa किञ्चिदेसंkiñ·ci·de·saṃ लेसमत्तंle·sa·mat·taṃ उपादायu·pā·dā·ya पाराजिकेनpā·rā·ji·ke·na धम्मेनdham·me·na अनुद्धंसेय्यa·nud·dhaṃ·sey·ya “अप्पेवap·pe·va नामnā·ma नंnaṃ इमम्हाi·mam·hā ब्रह्मचरियाbrah·ma·ca·ri·yā चावेय्य”न्ति,cā·vey·ya

    Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ duṭṭho doso appatīto aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassa kiñcidesaṁ lesamattaṁ upādāya pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṁseyya “appeva nāma naṁ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyya”nti,

    If a monk who is angry and displeased, uses an unrelated legal issue as a pretext to charge a monk with an offense entailing expulsion, aiming to make him leave the monastic life,

87. 87

    ततोta·to अपरेनa·pa·re·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na समनुग्गाहीयमानोsa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·no वाvā असमनुग्गाहीयमानोa·sa·ma·nug·gā·hī·ya·mā·no वाvā अञ्ञभागियञ्चेवañ·ña·bhā·gi·yañ·ce·va तंtaṃ अधिकरणंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ होतिho·ti कोचिदेसोko·ci·de·so लेसमत्तोle·sa·mat·to उपादिन्नो,u·pā·din·no भिक्खुbhik·khu चca दोसंdo·saṃ पतिट्ठाति,pa·tiṭ·ṭhā·ti सङ्घादिसेसो।saṅ·ghā·di·se·so

    tato aparena samayena samanuggāhīyamāno vā asamanuggāhīyamāno vā aññabhāgiyañceva taṁ adhikaraṇaṁ hoti kocideso lesamatto upādinno, bhikkhu ca dosaṁ patiṭṭhāti, saṅghādiseso.

    and then after some time, whether he is questioned or not, it is clear that the legal issue is unrelated and was used as a pretext, and he admits to his ill will, he commits an offense entailing suspension.

88. 88

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 10। सङ्घभेदsaṅ·gha·bhe·da

    Saṅghādisesa 10. Saṅghabheda

    Suspension 10: causing a schism in the Sangha

89. 89

    योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu समग्गस्सsa·mag·gas·sa सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa भेदायbhe·dā·ya परक्कमेय्य,pa·rak·ka·mey·ya भेदनसंवत्तनिकंbhe·da·na·saṃ·vat·ta·ni·kaṃ वाvā अधिकरणंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ समादायsa·mā·dā·ya पग्गय्हpag·gay·ha तिट्ठेय्य,tiṭ·ṭhey·ya सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीयोva·ca·nī·yo

    Yo pana bhikkhu samaggassa saṅghassa bhedāya parakkameyya, bhedanasaṁvattanikaṁ vā adhikaraṇaṁ samādāya paggayha tiṭṭheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo

    If a monk pursues schism in a united Sangha or persists in taking up a legal issue conducive to schism, the monks should correct him like this:

90. 90

    “मायस्माmā·yas·mā समग्गस्सsa·mag·gas·sa सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa भेदायbhe·dā·ya परक्कमि,pa·rak·ka·mi भेदनसंवत्तनिकंbhe·da·na·saṃ·vat·ta·ni·kaṃ वाvā अधिकरणंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ समादायsa·mā·dā·ya पग्गय्हpag·gay·ha अट्ठासि,aṭ·ṭhā·si

    “māyasmā samaggassa saṅghassa bhedāya parakkami, bhedanasaṁvattanikaṁ vā adhikaraṇaṁ samādāya paggayha aṭṭhāsi,

    ‘Venerable, don’t pursue schism in the united Sangha or persist in taking up a legal issue conducive to schism.

91. 91

    समेतायस्माsa·me·tā·yas·mā सङ्घेन,saṅ·ghe·na समग्गोsa·mag·go हिhi सङ्घोsaṅ·gho सम्मोदमानोsam·mo·da·mā·no अविवदमानोa·vi·va·da·mā·no एकुद्देसोe·kud·de·so फासुphā·su विहरती”ति,vi·ha·ra·tī

    sametāyasmā saṅghena, samaggo hi saṅgho sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharatī”ti,

    Stay with the Sangha, for a united Sangha—in concord, in harmony, having a joint recitation—is at ease.’

92. 92

    एवञ्चe·vañ·ca सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi वुच्चमानोvuc·ca·mā·no तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्य,pag·gaṇ·hey·ya सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बोsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bo तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय,pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

    evañca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva paggaṇheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāya,

    If that monk continues as before, the monks should press him up to three times to make him stop.

93. 93

    यावततियञ्चेyā·va·ta·ti·yañ·ce समनुभासियमानोsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·no तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं,ku·sa·laṃ

    yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamāno taṁ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ,

    If he then stops, all is well.

94. 94

    नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya सङ्घादिसेसो।saṅ·ghā·di·se·so

    no ce paṭinissajjeyya, saṅghādiseso.

    If he does not stop, he commits an offense entailing suspension.

95. 95

    सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 11। भेदानुवत्तकbhe·dā·nu·vat·ta·ka

    Saṅghādisesa 11. Bhedānuvattaka

    Suspension 11: siding with a schismatic

96. 96

    तस्सेवtas·se·va खोkho पनpa·na भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa भिक्खूbhik·khū होन्तिhon·ti अनुवत्तकाa·nu·vat·ta·kā वग्गवादकाvag·ga·vā·da·kā एकोe·ko वाvā द्वेdve वाvā तयोta·yo वा,vā तेte एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्युंva·dey·yuṃ

    Tasseva kho pana bhikkhussa bhikkhū honti anuvattakā vaggavādakā eko vā dve vā tayo vā, te evaṁ vadeyyuṁ

    That monk may have one, two, or three monks who side with him and support him, and they may say,

97. 97

    “मायस्मन्तोmā·yas·man·to एतंe·taṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ किञ्चिkiñ·ci अवचुत्थ,a·va·cut·tha

    “māyasmanto etaṁ bhikkhuṁ kiñci avacuttha,

    ‘Venerables, don’t correct this monk.

98. 98

    धम्मवादीdham·ma·vā·dī चेसोce·so भिक्खु,bhik·khu विनयवादीvi·na·ya·vā·dī चेसोce·so भिक्खु,bhik·khu

    dhammavādī ceso bhikkhu, vinayavādī ceso bhikkhu,

    He speaks in accordance with the Teaching and the training.

99. 99

    अम्हाकञ्चेसोam·hā·kañ·ce·so भिक्खुbhik·khu छन्दञ्चchan·dañ·ca रुचिञ्चru·ciñ·ca आदायā·dā·ya वोहरति,vo·ha·ra·ti जानाति,jā·nā·ti नोno भासति,bhā·sa·ti अम्हाकम्पेतंam·hā·kam·pe·taṃ खमती”ति,kha·ma·tī

    amhākañceso bhikkhu chandañca ruciñca ādāya voharati, jānāti, no bhāsati, amhākampetaṁ khamatī”ti,

    And he speaks with our consent and approval. He knows about us and speaks for us, and we approve of this.’

100. 100

     तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi एवमस्सुe·va·mas·su वचनीयाva·ca·nī·yā

     te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā

     The monks should correct those monks like this:

101. 101

     “मायस्मन्तोmā·yas·man·to एवंe·vaṃ अवचुत्थ,a·va·cut·tha

     “māyasmanto evaṁ avacuttha,

     ‘No, venerables,

102. 102

     नna चेसोce·so भिक्खुbhik·khu धम्मवादी,dham·ma·vā·dī नna चेसोce·so भिक्खुbhik·khu विनयवादी,vi·na·ya·vā·dī

     na ceso bhikkhu dhammavādī, na ceso bhikkhu vinayavādī,

     this monk speaks contrary to the Teaching and the training.

103. 103

     मायस्मन्तानम्पिmā·yas·man·tā·nam·pi सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do रुच्चित्थ,ruc·cit·tha

     māyasmantānampi saṅghabhedo ruccittha,

     And don’t consent to schism in the Sangha.

104. 104

     समेतायस्मन्तानंsa·me·tā·yas·man·tā·naṃ सङ्घेन,saṅ·ghe·na समग्गोsa·mag·go हिhi सङ्घोsaṅ·gho सम्मोदमानोsam·mo·da·mā·no अविवदमानोa·vi·va·da·mā·no एकुद्देसोe·kud·de·so फासुphā·su विहरती”ति,vi·ha·ra·tī

     sametāyasmantānaṁ saṅghena, samaggo hi saṅgho sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharatī”ti,

     Stay with the Sangha, for a united Sangha—in concord, in harmony, having a joint recitation—is at ease.’

105. 105

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi वुच्चमानाvuc·ca·mā·nā तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्युं,pag·gaṇ·hey·yuṃ तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bā तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय,pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

     evañca te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi vuccamānā tatheva paggaṇheyyuṁ, te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya,

     If those monks continue as before, the monks should press them up to three times to make them stop.

106. 106

     यावततियञ्चेyā·va·ta·ti·yañ·ce समनुभासियमानाsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·nā तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्युं,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·yuṃ इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं,ku·sa·laṃ

     yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamānā taṁ paṭinissajjeyyuṁ, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ,

     If they then stop, all is well.

107. 107

     नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्युं,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·yuṃ सङ्घादिसेसो।saṅ·ghā·di·se·so

     no ce paṭinissajjeyyuṁ, saṅghādiseso.

     If they do not stop, they commit an offense entailing suspension.

108. 108

     सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 12। दुब्बचdub·ba·ca

     Saṅghādisesa 12. Dubbaca

     Suspension 12: being difficult to correct

109. 109

     भिक्खुbhik·khu पनेवpa·ne·va दुब्बचजातिकोdub·ba·ca·jā·ti·ko होतिho·ti उद्देसपरियापन्नेसुud·de·sa·pa·ri·yā·pan·ne·su सिक्खापदेसुsik·khā·pa·de·su भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi सहधम्मिकंsa·ha·dham·mi·kaṃ वुच्चमानोvuc·ca·mā·no अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ अवचनीयंa·va·ca·nī·yaṃ करोतिka·ro·ti

     Bhikkhu paneva dubbacajātiko hoti uddesapariyāpannesu sikkhāpadesu bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṁ vuccamāno attānaṁ avacanīyaṁ karoti

     If a monk is difficult to correct, and he makes himself incorrigible when legitimately corrected by the monks concerning the training rules that are recited, saying,

110. 110

     “माmā मंmaṃ आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to किञ्चिkiñ·ci अवचुत्थa·va·cut·tha कल्याणंkal·yā·ṇaṃ वाvā पापकंpā·pa·kaṃ वा,vā अहम्पायस्मन्तेa·ham·pā·yas·man·te नna किञ्चिkiñ·ci वक्खामिvak·khā·mi कल्याणंkal·yā·ṇaṃ वाvā पापकंpā·pa·kaṃ वा,vā

     “mā maṁ āyasmanto kiñci avacuttha kalyāṇaṁ vā pāpakaṁ vā, ahampāyasmante na kiñci vakkhāmi kalyāṇaṁ vā pāpakaṁ vā,

     ‘Venerables, don’t say anything to me, either good or bad, and I won’t say anything to you, either good or bad.

111. 111

     विरमथायस्मन्तोvi·ra·ma·thā·yas·man·to ममma·ma वचनाया”ति,va·ca·nā·yā

     viramathāyasmanto mama vacanāyā”ti,

     Please refrain from correcting me,’

112. 112

     सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीयोva·ca·nī·yo

     so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo

     then the monks should correct him like this:

113. 113

     “मायस्माmā·yas·mā अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ अवचनीयंa·va·ca·nī·yaṃ अकासि,a·kā·si वचनीयमेवायस्माva·ca·nī·ya·me·vā·yas·mā अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ करोतु,ka·ro·tu

     “māyasmā attānaṁ avacanīyaṁ akāsi, vacanīyamevāyasmā attānaṁ karotu,

     ‘Be easy to correct, venerable, not incorrigible.

114. 114

     आयस्मापिā·yas·mā·pi भिक्खूbhik·khū वदतुva·da·tu सहधम्मेन,sa·ha·dham·me·na भिक्खूपिbhik·khū·pi आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ वक्खन्तिvak·khan·ti सहधम्मेन,sa·ha·dham·me·na

     āyasmāpi bhikkhū vadatu sahadhammena, bhikkhūpi āyasmantaṁ vakkhanti sahadhammena,

     And please give legitimate correction to the monks, and the monks will do the same to you.

115. 115

     एवंe·vaṃ संवद्धाsaṃ·vad·dhā हिhi तस्सtas·sa भगवतोbha·ga·va·to परिसाpa·ri·sā यदिदंya·di·daṃ अञ्ञमञ्ञवचनेनañ·ña·mañ·ña·va·ca·ne·na अञ्ञमञ्ञवुट्ठापनेना”ति,añ·ña·mañ·ña·vuṭ·ṭhā·pa·ne·nā

     evaṁ saṁvaddhā hi tassa bhagavato parisā yadidaṁ aññamaññavacanena aññamaññavuṭṭhāpanenā”ti,

     For it’s in this way that the Buddha’s community has grown, that is, through mutual correction and mutual clearing of offenses.’

116. 116

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi वुच्चमानोvuc·ca·mā·no तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्य,pag·gaṇ·hey·ya सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बोsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bo तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय,pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

     evañca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva paggaṇheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāya,

     If that monk continues as before, the monks should press him up to three times to make him stop.

117. 117

     यावततियञ्चेyā·va·ta·ti·yañ·ce समनुभासियमानोsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·no तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं,ku·sa·laṃ

     yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamāno taṁ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ,

     If he then stops, all is well.

118. 118

     नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya सङ्घादिसेसो।saṅ·ghā·di·se·so

     no ce paṭinissajjeyya, saṅghādiseso.

     If he does not stop, he commits an offense entailing suspension.

119. 119

     सङ्घादिसेसsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sa 13। कुलदूसकku·la·dū·sa·ka

     Saṅghādisesa 13. Kuladūsaka

     Suspension 13: being a corrupter of families

120. 120

     भिक्खुbhik·khu पनेवpa·ne·va अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ गामंgā·maṃ वाvā निगमंni·ga·maṃ वाvā उपनिस्सायu·pa·nis·sā·ya विहरतिvi·ha·ra·ti कुलदूसकोku·la·dū·sa·ko पापसमाचारो,pā·pa·sa·mā·cā·ro तस्सtas·sa खोkho पापकाpā·pa·kā समाचाराsa·mā·cā·rā दिस्सन्तिdis·san·ti चेवce·va सुय्यन्तिsuy·yan·ti च,ca कुलानिku·lā·ni चca तेनte·na दुट्ठानिduṭ·ṭhā·ni दिस्सन्तिdis·san·ti चेवce·va सुय्यन्तिsuy·yan·ti च,ca

     Bhikkhu paneva aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati kuladūsako pāpasamācāro, tassa kho pāpakā samācārā dissanti ceva suyyanti ca, kulāni ca tena duṭṭhāni dissanti ceva suyyanti ca,

     If a monk who lives supported by a village or town is a corrupter of families and badly behaved, and his bad behavior has been seen and heard about, and the families corrupted by him have been seen and heard about,

121. 121

     सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीयोva·ca·nī·yo

     so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo

     then the monks should correct him like this:

122. 122

     “आयस्माā·yas·mā खोkho कुलदूसकोku·la·dū·sa·ko पापसमाचारो,pā·pa·sa·mā·cā·ro आयस्मतोā·yas·ma·to खोkho पापकाpā·pa·kā समाचाराsa·mā·cā·rā दिस्सन्तिdis·san·ti चेवce·va सुय्यन्तिsuy·yan·ti च,ca कुलानिku·lā·ni चायस्मताcā·yas·ma·tā दुट्ठानिduṭ·ṭhā·ni दिस्सन्तिdis·san·ti चेवce·va सुय्यन्तिsuy·yan·ti च,ca पक्कमतायस्माpak·ka·ma·tā·yas·mā इमम्हाi·mam·hā आवासा,ā·vā·sā अलंa·laṃ तेte इधi·dha वासेना”ति,vā·se·nā

     “āyasmā kho kuladūsako pāpasamācāro, āyasmato kho pāpakā samācārā dissanti ceva suyyanti ca, kulāni cāyasmatā duṭṭhāni dissanti ceva suyyanti ca, pakkamatāyasmā imamhā āvāsā, alaṁ te idha vāsenā”ti,

     ‘Venerable, you’re a corrupter of families and badly behaved. Your bad behavior has been seen and heard about, and the families corrupted by you have been seen and heard about. Leave this monastery; you’ve stayed here long enough.’

123. 123

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi वुच्चमानोvuc·ca·mā·no तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्यva·dey·ya

     evañca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno te bhikkhū evaṁ vadeyya

     If he replies,

124. 124

     “छन्दगामिनोchan·da·gā·mi·no चca भिक्खू,bhik·khū दोसगामिनोdo·sa·gā·mi·no चca भिक्खू,bhik·khū मोहगामिनोmo·ha·gā·mi·no चca भिक्खू,bhik·khū भयगामिनोbha·ya·gā·mi·no चca भिक्खूbhik·khū तादिसिकायtā·di·si·kā·ya आपत्तियाā·pat·ti·yā एकच्चंe·kac·caṃ पब्बाजेन्ति,pab·bā·jen·ti एकच्चंe·kac·caṃ नna पब्बाजेन्ती”ति,pab·bā·jen·tī

     “chandagāmino ca bhikkhū, dosagāmino ca bhikkhū, mohagāmino ca bhikkhū, bhayagāmino ca bhikkhū tādisikāya āpattiyā ekaccaṁ pabbājenti, ekaccaṁ na pabbājentī”ti,

     ‘You’re acting out of favoritism, ill will, confusion, and fear. Because of this sort of offense, you only banish some, but not others,’

125. 125

     सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीयोva·ca·nī·yo

     so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo

     then the monks should correct him like this:

126. 126

     “मायस्माmā·yas·mā एवंe·vaṃ अवच,a·va·ca नna चca भिक्खूbhik·khū छन्दगामिनो,chan·da·gā·mi·no नna चca भिक्खूbhik·khū दोसगामिनो,do·sa·gā·mi·no नna चca भिक्खूbhik·khū मोहगामिनो,mo·ha·gā·mi·no नna चca भिक्खूbhik·khū भयगामिनो,bha·ya·gā·mi·no

     “māyasmā evaṁ avaca, na ca bhikkhū chandagāmino, na ca bhikkhū dosagāmino, na ca bhikkhū mohagāmino, na ca bhikkhū bhayagāmino,

     ‘No, venerable, the monks are not acting out of favoritism, ill will, confusion, and fear.

127. 127

     आयस्माā·yas·mā खोkho कुलदूसकोku·la·dū·sa·ko पापसमाचारो,pā·pa·sa·mā·cā·ro आयस्मतोā·yas·ma·to खोkho पापकाpā·pa·kā समाचाराsa·mā·cā·rā दिस्सन्तिdis·san·ti चेवce·va सुय्यन्तिsuy·yan·ti च,ca कुलानिku·lā·ni चायस्मताcā·yas·ma·tā दुट्ठानिduṭ·ṭhā·ni दिस्सन्तिdis·san·ti चेवce·va सुय्यन्तिsuy·yan·ti च,ca पक्कमतायस्माpak·ka·ma·tā·yas·mā इमम्हाi·mam·hā आवासा,ā·vā·sā अलंa·laṃ तेte इधi·dha वासेना”ति,vā·se·nā

     āyasmā kho kuladūsako pāpasamācāro, āyasmato kho pāpakā samācārā dissanti ceva suyyanti ca, kulāni cāyasmatā duṭṭhāni dissanti ceva suyyanti ca, pakkamatāyasmā imamhā āvāsā, alaṁ te idha vāsenā”ti,

     Venerable, you’re a corrupter of families and badly behaved. Your bad behavior has been seen and heard about, and the families corrupted by you have been seen and heard about. Leave this monastery; you’ve stayed here long enough.’

128. 128

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi वुच्चमानोvuc·ca·mā·no तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्य,pag·gaṇ·hey·ya सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बोsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bo तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय,pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

     evañca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva paggaṇheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāya,

     If that monk continues as before, the monks should press him up to three times to make him stop.

129. 129

     यावततियञ्चेyā·va·ta·ti·yañ·ce समनुभासियमानोsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·no तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं,ku·sa·laṃ

     yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamāno taṁ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ,

     If he then stops, all is well.

130. 130

     नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya सङ्घादिसेसो।saṅ·ghā·di·se·so

     no ce paṭinissajjeyya, saṅghādiseso.

     If he does not stop, he commits an offense entailing suspension.

131. 131

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खोkho आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to तेरसte·ra·sa सङ्घादिसेसाsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sā धम्माdham·mā नवna·va पठमापत्तिका,pa·ṭha·mā·pat·ti·kā चत्तारोcat·tā·ro यावततियका।yā·va·ta·ti·ya·kā

     Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto terasa saṅghādisesā dhammā nava paṭhamāpattikā, cattāro yāvatatiyakā.

     Venerables, the thirteen rules on suspension have been recited, nine being immediate offenses, four after the third announcement.

132. 132

     येसंye·saṃ भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ वाvā अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ वाvā आपज्जित्वाā·paj·jit·vā यावतीहंyā·va·tī·haṃ जानंjā·naṃ पटिच्छादेति,pa·ṭic·chā·de·ti तावतीहंtā·va·tī·haṃ तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā अकामाa·kā·mā परिवत्थब्बं।pa·ri·vat·thab·baṃ

     Yesaṁ bhikkhu aññataraṁ vā aññataraṁ vā āpajjitvā yāvatīhaṁ jānaṁ paṭicchādeti, tāvatīhaṁ tena bhikkhunā akāmā parivatthabbaṁ.

     If a monk commits any one of them, he is to undergo probation for the same number of days as he knowingly concealed that offense.

133. 133

     परिवुत्थपरिवासेनpa·ri·vut·tha·pa·ri·vā·se·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā उत्तरिut·ta·ri छारत्तंchā·rat·taṃ भिक्खुमानत्तायbhik·khu·mā·nat·tā·ya पटिपज्जितब्बं,pa·ṭi·paj·ji·tab·baṃ

     Parivutthaparivāsena bhikkhunā uttari chārattaṁ bhikkhumānattāya paṭipajjitabbaṁ,

     When this is completed, he must undertake the trial period for a further six days.

134. 134

     चिण्णमानत्तोciṇ·ṇa·mā·nat·to भिक्खुbhik·khu यत्थyat·tha सियाsi·yā वीसतिगणोvī·sa·ti·ga·ṇo भिक्खुसङ्घो,bhik·khu·saṅ·gho तत्थtat·tha सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu अब्भेतब्बो।ab·bhe·tab·bo

     ciṇṇamānatto bhikkhu yattha siyā vīsatigaṇo bhikkhusaṅgho, tattha so bhikkhu abbhetabbo.

     When this is completed, he is to be rehabilitated wherever there is a sangha of at least twenty monks.

135. 135

     एकेनपिe·ke·na·pi चेce ऊनोū·no वीसतिगणोvī·sa·ti·ga·ṇo भिक्खुसङ्घोbhik·khu·saṅ·gho तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ अब्भेय्य,ab·bhey·ya सोso चca भिक्खुbhik·khu अनब्भितो,a·nab·bhi·to तेte चca भिक्खूbhik·khū गारय्हा,gā·ray·hā अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha सामीचि।sā·mī·ci

     Ekenapi ce ūno vīsatigaṇo bhikkhusaṅgho taṁ bhikkhuṁ abbheyya, so ca bhikkhu anabbhito, te ca bhikkhū gārayhā, ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

     If that monk is rehabilitated by a sangha of even one less than twenty, that monk is not rehabilitated and those monks are blameworthy. This is the proper procedure.

136. 136

     तत्थायस्मन्तेtat·thā·yas·man·te पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     Tatthāyasmante pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

137. 137

     दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

138. 138

     ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

139. 139

     परिसुद्धेत्थायस्मन्तो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thā·yas·man·to तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

     parisuddhetthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

     You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

140. 140

     सङ्घादिसेसोsaṅ·ghā·di·se·so निट्ठितोniṭ·ṭhi·to

     Saṅghādiseso niṭṭhito

     The chapter on offenses entailing suspension is finished.

141. 141

     अनियतुद्देसोa·ni·ya·tud·de·so

     Aniyatuddeso

     The recitation of the undetermined rules

142. 142

     इमेi·me खोkho पनायस्मन्तोpa·nā·yas·man·to द्वेdve अनियताa·ni·ya·tā धम्माdham·mā उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छन्ति।ā·gac·chan·ti

     Ime kho panāyasmanto dve aniyatā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.

     Venerables, these two undetermined rules come up for recitation.

143. 143

     अनियतa·ni·ya·ta 1। पठमअनियतpa·ṭha·ma·a·ni·ya·ta

     Aniyata 1. Paṭhamaaniyata

     Undetermined 1: sitting with a woman in a concealed place

144. 144

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu मातुगामेनmā·tu·gā·me·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ एकोe·ko एकायe·kā·ya रहोra·ho पटिच्छन्नेpa·ṭic·chan·ne आसनेā·sa·ne अलङ्कम्मनियेa·laṅ·kam·ma·ni·ye निसज्जंni·saj·jaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya तमेनंta·me·naṃ सद्धेय्यवचसाsad·dhey·ya·va·ca·sā उपासिकाu·pā·si·kā दिस्वाdis·vā

     Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṁ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṅkammaniye nisajjaṁ kappeyya, tamenaṁ saddheyyavacasā upāsikā disvā

     If a monk sits down in private alone with a woman on a concealed seat suitable for the deed, and a trustworthy female lay follower sees him

145. 145

     तिण्णंtiṇ·ṇaṃ धम्मानंdham·mā·naṃ अञ्ञतरेनañ·ña·ta·re·na वदेय्यva·dey·ya पाराजिकेनpā·rā·ji·ke·na वाvā सङ्घादिसेसेनsaṅ·ghā·di·se·se·na वाvā पाचित्तियेनpā·cit·ti·ye·na वा,vā

     tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ aññatarena vadeyya pārājikena vā saṅghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā,

     and accuses him of an offense entailing expulsion, an offense entailing suspension, or an offense entailing confession,

146. 146

     निसज्जंni·saj·jaṃ भिक्खुbhik·khu पटिजानमानोpa·ṭi·jā·na·mā·no तिण्णंtiṇ·ṇaṃ धम्मानंdham·mā·naṃ अञ्ञतरेनañ·ña·ta·re·na कारेतब्बोkā·re·tab·bo पाराजिकेनpā·rā·ji·ke·na वाvā सङ्घादिसेसेनsaṅ·ghā·di·se·se·na वाvā पाचित्तियेनpā·cit·ti·ye·na वा,vā

     nisajjaṁ bhikkhu paṭijānamāno tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ aññatarena kāretabbo pārājikena vā saṅghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā,

     then, if he admits to the sitting, he is to be dealt with according to one of these three

147. 147

     येनye·na वाvā साsā सद्धेय्यवचसाsad·dhey·ya·va·ca·sā उपासिकाu·pā·si·kā वदेय्य,va·dey·ya तेनte·na सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कारेतब्बो,kā·re·tab·bo

     yena vā sā saddheyyavacasā upāsikā vadeyya, tena so bhikkhu kāretabbo,

     or according to what that trustworthy female lay follower has said.

148. 148

     अयंa·yaṃ धम्मोdham·mo अनियतो।a·ni·ya·to

     ayaṁ dhammo aniyato.

     This rule is undetermined.

149. 149

     अनियतa·ni·ya·ta 2। दुतियअनियतdu·ti·ya·a·ni·ya·ta

     Aniyata 2. Dutiyaaniyata

     Undetermined 2: sitting alone with a woman

150. 150

     नna हेवhe·va खोkho पनpa·na पटिच्छन्नंpa·ṭic·chan·naṃ आसनंā·sa·naṃ होतिho·ti नालङ्कम्मनियं,nā·laṅ·kam·ma·ni·yaṃ अलञ्चa·lañ·ca खोkho होतिho·ti मातुगामंmā·tu·gā·maṃ दुट्ठुल्लाहिduṭ·ṭhul·lā·hi वाचाहिvā·cā·hi ओभासितुं,o·bhā·si·tuṃ

     Na heva kho pana paṭicchannaṁ āsanaṁ hoti nālaṅkammaniyaṁ, alañca kho hoti mātugāmaṁ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsituṁ,

     Although a seat is not concealed, nor suitable for the deed, it may be suitable for speaking indecently to a woman.

151. 151

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu तथारूपेta·thā·rū·pe आसनेā·sa·ne मातुगामेनmā·tu·gā·me·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ एकोe·ko एकायe·kā·ya रहोra·ho निसज्जंni·saj·jaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya तमेनंta·me·naṃ सद्धेय्यवचसाsad·dhey·ya·va·ca·sā उपासिकाu·pā·si·kā दिस्वाdis·vā

     yo pana bhikkhu tathārūpe āsane mātugāmena saddhiṁ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṁ kappeyya, tamenaṁ saddheyyavacasā upāsikā disvā

     If a monk sits down on such a seat in private alone with a woman, and a trustworthy female lay follower sees him

152. 152

     द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ धम्मानंdham·mā·naṃ अञ्ञतरेनañ·ña·ta·re·na वदेय्यva·dey·ya सङ्घादिसेसेनsaṅ·ghā·di·se·se·na वाvā पाचित्तियेनpā·cit·ti·ye·na वा,vā

     dvinnaṁ dhammānaṁ aññatarena vadeyya saṅghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā,

     and accuses him of an offense entailing suspension or an offense entailing confession,

153. 153

     निसज्जंni·saj·jaṃ भिक्खुbhik·khu पटिजानमानोpa·ṭi·jā·na·mā·no द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ धम्मानंdham·mā·naṃ अञ्ञतरेनañ·ña·ta·re·na कारेतब्बोkā·re·tab·bo सङ्घादिसेसेनsaṅ·ghā·di·se·se·na वाvā पाचित्तियेनpā·cit·ti·ye·na वा,vā

     nisajjaṁ bhikkhu paṭijānamāno dvinnaṁ dhammānaṁ aññatarena kāretabbo saṅghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā,

     then, if he admits to the sitting, he is to be dealt with according to one of these two

154. 154

     येनye·na वाvā साsā सद्धेय्यवचसाsad·dhey·ya·va·ca·sā उपासिकाu·pā·si·kā वदेय्य,va·dey·ya तेनte·na सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कारेतब्बो,kā·re·tab·bo

     yena vā sā saddheyyavacasā upāsikā vadeyya, tena so bhikkhu kāretabbo,

     or according to what that trustworthy female lay follower has said.

155. 155

     अयम्पिa·yam·pi धम्मोdham·mo अनियतो।a·ni·ya·to

     ayampi dhammo aniyato.

     This rule too is undetermined.

156. 156

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खोkho आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to द्वेdve अनियताa·ni·ya·tā धम्मा।dham·mā

     Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto dve aniyatā dhammā.

     Venerables, the two undetermined rules have been recited.

157. 157

     तत्थायस्मन्तेtat·thā·yas·man·te पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     Tatthāyasmante pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

158. 158

     दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

159. 159

     ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

160. 160

     परिसुद्धेत्थायस्मन्तो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thā·yas·man·to तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

     parisuddhetthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

     You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

161. 161

     अनियतोa·ni·ya·to निट्ठितोniṭ·ṭhi·to

     Aniyato niṭṭhito

     The chapter on undetermined offenses is finished.

162. 162

     निस्सग्गियपाचित्तियाnis·sag·gi·ya·pā·cit·ti·yā

     Nissaggiyapācittiyā

     The rules of relinquishment and confession

163. 163

     इमेi·me खोkho पनायस्मन्तोpa·nā·yas·man·to तिंसtiṃ·sa निस्सग्गियाnis·sag·gi·yā पाचित्तियाpā·cit·ti·yā धम्माdham·mā उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छन्ति।ā·gac·chan·ti

     Ime kho panāyasmanto tiṁsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.

     Venerables, these thirty rules on relinquishment and confession come up for recitation.

164. 164

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 1। कठिनka·ṭhi·na

     Chapter 1. Kaṭhina

     The subchapter on the robe season

165. 165

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 1। कथिनka·thi·na

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 1. Kathina

     Relinquishment and confession 1: keeping extra robe-cloth beyond ten days

166. 166

     निट्ठितचीवरस्मिंniṭ·ṭhi·ta·cī·va·ras·miṃ भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā उब्भतस्मिंub·bha·tas·miṃ कथिनेka·thi·ne दसाहपरमंda·sā·ha·pa·ra·maṃ अतिरेकचीवरंa·ti·re·ka·cī·va·raṃ धारेतब्बं,dhā·re·tab·baṃ तंtaṃ अतिक्कामयतोa·tik·kā·ma·ya·to निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṁ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṁ kathine dasāhaparamaṁ atirekacīvaraṁ dhāretabbaṁ, taṁ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     When his robe is finished and the robe season has ended, a monk should keep an extra robe for ten days at the most. If he keeps it longer than that, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

167. 167

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 2। उदोसितu·do·si·ta

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 2. Udosita

     Relinquishment and confession 2: staying apart from one’s robes

168. 168

     निट्ठितचीवरस्मिंniṭ·ṭhi·ta·cī·va·ras·miṃ भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā उब्भतस्मिंub·bha·tas·miṃ कथिनेka·thi·ne एकरत्तम्पिe·ka·rat·tam·pi चेce भिक्खुbhik·khu तिचीवरेनti·cī·va·re·na विप्पवसेय्य,vip·pa·va·sey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra भिक्खुसम्मुतियाbhik·khu·sam·mu·ti·yā निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṁ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṁ kathine ekarattampi ce bhikkhu ticīvarena vippavaseyya, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     When his robe is finished and the robe season has ended, if a monk stays apart from his three robes even for a single day, except if the monks have agreed, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

169. 169

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 3। अकालचीवरa·kā·la·cī·va·ra

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 3. Akālacīvara

     Relinquishment and confession 3: keeping extra robe-cloth beyond a month

170. 170

     निट्ठितचीवरस्मिंniṭ·ṭhi·ta·cī·va·ras·miṃ भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā उब्भतस्मिंub·bha·tas·miṃ कथिनेka·thi·ne भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पनेवpa·ne·va अकालचीवरंa·kā·la·cī·va·raṃ उप्पज्जेय्य,up·paj·jey·ya आकङ्खमानेनā·kaṅ·kha·mā·ne·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā पटिग्गहेतब्बं,pa·ṭig·ga·he·tab·baṃ

     Niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṁ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṁ kathine bhikkhuno paneva akālacīvaraṁ uppajjeyya, ākaṅkhamānena bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabbaṁ,

     When his robe is finished and the robe season has ended, if out-of-season robe-cloth is offered to a monk, he may receive it if he wishes.

171. 171

     पटिग्गहेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·het·vā खिप्पमेवkhip·pa·me·va कारेतब्बं,kā·re·tab·baṃ

     paṭiggahetvā khippameva kāretabbaṁ,

     If he receives it, he should quickly make a robe.

172. 172

     नोno चस्सcas·sa पारिपूरि,pā·ri·pū·ri मासपरमंmā·sa·pa·ra·maṃ तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā तंtaṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ निक्खिपितब्बंnik·khi·pi·tab·baṃ ऊनस्सū·nas·sa पारिपूरियाpā·ri·pū·ri·yā सतियाsa·ti·yā पच्चासाय।pac·cā·sā·ya

     no cassa pāripūri, māsaparamaṁ tena bhikkhunā taṁ cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ ūnassa pāripūriyā satiyā paccāsāya.

     If there is not enough cloth, but he is expecting more, he should keep it at most one month to make up the lack.

173. 173

     ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri निक्खिपेय्यnik·khi·pey·ya सतियापिsa·ti·yā·pi पच्चासाय,pac·cā·sā·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Tato ce uttari nikkhipeyya satiyāpi paccāsāya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If he keeps it longer than that, then even if he expects more cloth, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

174. 174

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 4। पुराणचीवरpu·rā·ṇa·cī·va·ra

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 4. Purāṇacīvara

     Relinquishment and confession 4: having a nun wash a used robe

175. 175

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञातिकायañ·ñā·ti·kā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā पुराणचीवरंpu·rā·ṇa·cī·va·raṃ धोवापेय्यdho·vā·pey·ya वाvā रजापेय्यra·jā·pey·ya वाvā आकोटापेय्यā·ko·ṭā·pey·ya वा,vā निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā purāṇacīvaraṁ dhovāpeyya vā rajāpeyya vā ākoṭāpeyya vā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk has an unrelated nun wash, dye, or beat a used robe, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

176. 176

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 5। चीवरपटिग्गहणcī·va·ra·pa·ṭig·ga·ha·ṇa

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 5. Cīvarapaṭiggahaṇa

     Relinquishment and confession 5: receiving a robe from a nun

177. 177

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञातिकायañ·ñā·ti·kā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā हत्थतोhat·tha·to चीवरंcī·va·raṃ पटिग्गण्हेय्यpa·ṭig·gaṇ·hey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra पारिवत्तका,pā·ri·vat·ta·kā निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā hatthato cīvaraṁ paṭiggaṇheyya aññatra pārivattakā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk receives a robe directly from an unrelated nun, except in exchange, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

178. 178

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 6। अञ्ञातकविञ्ञत्तिañ·ñā·ta·ka·viñ·ñat·ti

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 6. Aññātakaviññatti

     Relinquishment and confession 6: asking an unrelated person for a robe

179. 179

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञातकंañ·ñā·ta·kaṃ गहपतिंga·ha·pa·tiṃ वाvā गहपतानिंga·ha·pa·tā·niṃ वाvā चीवरंcī·va·raṃ विञ्ञापेय्यviñ·ñā·pey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra समया,sa·ma·yā निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu aññātakaṁ gahapatiṁ vā gahapatāniṁ vā cīvaraṁ viññāpeyya aññatra samayā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk asks an unrelated male or female householder for a robe, except on an appropriate occasion, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

180. 180

     तत्थायंtat·thā·yaṃ समयो,sa·ma·yo अच्छिन्नचीवरोac·chin·na·cī·va·ro वाvā होतिho·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu नट्ठचीवरोnaṭ·ṭha·cī·va·ro वा,vā अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha समयो।sa·ma·yo

     Tatthāyaṁ samayo, acchinnacīvaro vā hoti bhikkhu, naṭṭhacīvaro vā, ayaṁ tattha samayo.

     These are the appropriate occasions: his robes are stolen or his robes are lost.

181. 181

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 7। ततुत्तरिta·tut·ta·ri

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 7. Tatuttari

     Relinquishment and confession 7: accepting too many robes

182. 182

     तञ्चेtañ·ce अञ्ञातकोañ·ñā·ta·ko गहपतिga·ha·pa·ti वाvā गहपतानीga·ha·pa·tā·nī वाvā बहूहिba·hū·hi चीवरेहिcī·va·re·hi अभिहट्ठुंa·bhi·haṭ·ṭhuṃ पवारेय्य,pa·vā·rey·ya सन्तरुत्तरपरमंsan·ta·rut·ta·ra·pa·ra·maṃ तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā ततोta·to चीवरंcī·va·raṃ सादितब्बं।sā·di·tab·baṃ ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri सादियेय्य,sā·di·yey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Tañce aññātako gahapati vā gahapatānī vā bahūhi cīvarehi abhihaṭṭhuṁ pavāreyya, santaruttaraparamaṁ tena bhikkhunā tato cīvaraṁ sāditabbaṁ. Tato ce uttari sādiyeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If an unrelated male or female householder invites that monk to take many robes, he should accept at most one sarong and one upper robe. If he accepts more than that, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

183. 183

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 8। पठमउपक्खटpa·ṭha·ma·u·pak·kha·ṭa

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 8. Paṭhamaupakkhaṭa

     Relinquishment and confession 8: requesting a fine robe from a fund

184. 184

     भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पनेवpa·ne·va उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa अञ्ञातकस्सañ·ñā·ta·kas·sa गहपतिस्सga·ha·pa·tis·sa वाvā गहपतानियाga·ha·pa·tā·ni·yā वाvā चीवरचेतापन्नंcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·naṃ उपक्खटंu·pak·kha·ṭaṃ होतिho·ti

     Bhikkhuṁ paneva uddissa aññātakassa gahapatissa vā gahapatāniyā vā cīvaracetāpannaṁ upakkhaṭaṁ hoti

     If a male or female householder has set aside a robe fund for an unrelated monk, thinking,

185. 185

     “इमिनाi·mi·nā चीवरचेतापन्नेनcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·ne·na चीवरंcī·va·raṃ चेतापेत्वाce·tā·pet·vā इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ चीवरेनcī·va·re·na अच्छादेस्सामी”ति,ac·chā·des·sā·mī

     “iminā cīvaracetāpannena cīvaraṁ cetāpetvā itthannāmaṁ bhikkhuṁ cīvarena acchādessāmī”ti,

     ‘With this robe fund I will buy robe-cloth and give it to monk so-and-so;’

186. 186

     तत्रtat·ra चेce सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu पुब्बेpub·be अप्पवारितोap·pa·vā·ri·to उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā चीवरेcī·va·re विकप्पंvi·kap·paṃ आपज्जेय्यā·paj·jey·ya

     tatra ce so bhikkhu pubbe appavārito upasaṅkamitvā cīvare vikappaṁ āpajjeyya

     and if that monk, without first being invited, goes to them and specifies the kind of robe-cloth he wants, saying,

187. 187

     “साधुsā·dhu वतva·ta मंmaṃ आयस्माā·yas·mā इमिनाi·mi·nā चीवरचेतापन्नेनcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·ne·na एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ वाvā एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ वाvā चीवरंcī·va·raṃ चेतापेत्वाce·tā·pet·vā अच्छादेही”तिac·chā·de·hī

     “sādhu vata maṁ āyasmā iminā cīvaracetāpannena evarūpaṁ vā evarūpaṁ vā cīvaraṁ cetāpetvā acchādehī”ti

     ‘Please use this robe fund to buy such-and-such robe-cloth and then give it to me,’

188. 188

     कल्याणकम्यतंkal·yā·ṇa·kam·ya·taṃ उपादाय,u·pā·dā·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     kalyāṇakamyataṁ upādāya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     and he does so because he wants something fine, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

189. 189

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 9। दुतियउपक्खटdu·ti·ya·u·pak·kha·ṭa

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 9. Dutiyaupakkhaṭa

     Relinquishment and confession 9: requesting a fine robe from a combined fund

190. 190

     भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पनेवpa·ne·va उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ अञ्ञातकानंañ·ñā·ta·kā·naṃ गहपतीनंga·ha·pa·tī·naṃ वाvā गहपतानीनंga·ha·pa·tā·nī·naṃ वाvā पच्चेकचीवरचेतापन्नानिpac·ce·ka·cī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·nā·ni उपक्खटानिu·pak·kha·ṭā·ni होन्तिhon·ti

     Bhikkhuṁ paneva uddissa ubhinnaṁ aññātakānaṁ gahapatīnaṁ vā gahapatānīnaṁ vā paccekacīvaracetāpannāni upakkhaṭāni honti

     If two male or female householders have set aside separate robe funds for an unrelated monk, thinking,

191. 191

     “इमेहिi·me·hi मयंma·yaṃ पच्चेकचीवरचेतापन्नेहिpac·ce·ka·cī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·ne·hi पच्चेकचीवरानिpac·ce·ka·cī·va·rā·ni चेतापेत्वाce·tā·pet·vā इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ चीवरेहिcī·va·re·hi अच्छादेस्सामा”ति,ac·chā·des·sā·mā

     “imehi mayaṁ paccekacīvaracetāpannehi paccekacīvarāni cetāpetvā itthannāmaṁ bhikkhuṁ cīvarehi acchādessāmā”ti,

     ‘With these separate robe funds we’ll buy separate robe-cloths and give them to monk so-and-so;’

192. 192

     तत्रtat·ra चेce सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu पुब्बेpub·be अप्पवारितोap·pa·vā·ri·to उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā चीवरेcī·va·re विकप्पंvi·kap·paṃ आपज्जेय्यā·paj·jey·ya

     tatra ce so bhikkhu pubbe appavārito upasaṅkamitvā cīvare vikappaṁ āpajjeyya

     and if that monk, without first being invited, goes to them and specifies the kind of robe-cloth he wants, saying,

193. 193

     “साधुsā·dhu वतva·ta मंmaṃ आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to इमेहिi·me·hi पच्चेकचीवरचेतापन्नेहिpac·ce·ka·cī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·ne·hi एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ वाvā एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ वाvā चीवरंcī·va·raṃ चेतापेत्वाce·tā·pet·vā अच्छादेथac·chā·de·tha उभोवu·bho·va सन्ताsan·tā एकेना”तिe·ke·nā

     “sādhu vata maṁ āyasmanto imehi paccekacīvaracetāpannehi evarūpaṁ vā evarūpaṁ vā cīvaraṁ cetāpetvā acchādetha ubhova santā ekenā”ti

     ‘Please put these separate robe funds together to buy such-and-such robe-cloth and then give it to me,’

194. 194

     कल्याणकम्यतंkal·yā·ṇa·kam·ya·taṃ उपादाय,u·pā·dā·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     kalyāṇakamyataṁ upādāya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     and he does so because he wants something fine, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

195. 195

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 10। राजrā·ja

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 10. Rāja

     Relinquishment and confession 10: excessive prompting to get a robe

196. 196

     भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पनेवpa·ne·va उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa राजाrā·jā वाvā राजभोग्गोrā·ja·bhog·go वाvā ब्राह्मणोbrāh·ma·ṇo वाvā गहपतिकोga·ha·pa·ti·ko वाvā दूतेनdū·te·na चीवरचेतापन्नंcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·naṃ पहिणेय्यpa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Bhikkhuṁ paneva uddissa rājā vā rājabhoggo vā brāhmaṇo vā gahapatiko vā dūtena cīvaracetāpannaṁ pahiṇeyya

     If a king, a king’s employee, a brahmin, or a householder sends a robe fund for a monk by messenger, saying,

197. 197

     “इमिनाi·mi·nā चीवरचेतापन्नेनcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·ne·na चीवरंcī·va·raṃ चेतापेत्वाce·tā·pet·vā इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ चीवरेनcī·va·re·na अच्छादेही”ति।ac·chā·de·hī

     “iminā cīvaracetāpannena cīvaraṁ cetāpetvā itthannāmaṁ bhikkhuṁ cīvarena acchādehī”ti.

     ‘Buy robe-cloth with this robe fund and give it to monk so-and-so,’

198. 198

     सोso चेce दूतोdū·to तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्यva·dey·ya

     So ce dūto taṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeyya

     and the messenger goes to that monk and says,

199. 199

     “इदंi·daṃ खो,kho भन्ते,bhan·te आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa चीवरचेतापन्नंcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·naṃ आभतं,ā·bha·taṃ पटिग्गण्हातुpa·ṭig·gaṇ·hā·tu आयस्माā·yas·mā चीवरचेतापन्न”न्ति।cī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·na

     “idaṁ kho, bhante, āyasmantaṁ uddissa cīvaracetāpannaṁ ābhataṁ, paṭiggaṇhātu āyasmā cīvaracetāpanna”nti.

     ‘Venerable, I have brought a robe fund for you. Please receive it,’

200. 200

     तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सोso दूतोdū·to एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीयोva·ca·nī·yo

     Tena bhikkhunā so dūto evamassa vacanīyo

     then that monk should reply,

201. 201

     “नna खोkho मयं,ma·yaṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so चीवरचेतापन्नंcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·naṃ पटिग्गण्हाम,pa·ṭig·gaṇ·hā·ma चीवरञ्चcī·va·rañ·ca खोkho मयंma·yaṃ पटिग्गण्हामpa·ṭig·gaṇ·hā·ma कालेनkā·le·na कप्पिय”न्ति।kap·pi·ya

     “na kho mayaṁ, āvuso, cīvaracetāpannaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma, cīvarañca kho mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma kālena kappiya”nti.

     ‘We don’t receive robe funds, but we do receive allowable robe-cloth at the right time.’

202. 202

     सोso चेce दूतोdū·to तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्यva·dey·ya

     So ce dūto taṁ bhikkhuṁ evaṁ vadeyya

     If that messenger says,

203. 203

     “अत्थिat·thi पनायस्मतोpa·nā·yas·ma·to कोचिko·ci वेय्यावच्चकरो”ति।vey·yā·vac·ca·ka·ro

     “atthi panāyasmato koci veyyāvaccakaro”ti.

     ‘Is there anyone who provides services for you?’

204. 204

     चीवरत्थिकेन,cī·va·rat·thi·ke·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वेय्यावच्चकरोvey·yā·vac·ca·ka·ro निद्दिसितब्बोnid·di·si·tab·bo आरामिकोā·rā·mi·ko वाvā उपासकोu·pā·sa·ko वाvā

     Cīvaratthikena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā veyyāvaccakaro niddisitabbo ārāmiko vā upāsako vā

     the monk, if he needs robe-cloth, should point out a monastery worker or a lay follower and say,

205. 205

     “एसोe·so खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ वेय्यावच्चकरो”ति।vey·yā·vac·ca·ka·ro

     “eso kho, āvuso, bhikkhūnaṁ veyyāvaccakaro”ti.

     ‘They provide services for the monks.’

206. 206

     सोso चेce दूतोdū·to तंtaṃ वेय्यावच्चकरंvey·yā·vac·ca·ka·raṃ सञ्ञापेत्वाsañ·ñā·pet·vā तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्यva·dey·ya

     So ce dūto taṁ veyyāvaccakaraṁ saññāpetvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeyya

     If the messenger instructs that service provider and then returns to the monk and says,

207. 207

     “यंyaṃ खो,kho भन्ते,bhan·te आयस्माā·yas·mā वेय्यावच्चकरंvey·yā·vac·ca·ka·raṃ निद्दिसि,nid·di·si सञ्ञत्तोsañ·ñat·to सोso मया,ma·yā उपसङ्कमतायस्माu·pa·saṅ·ka·ma·tā·yas·mā कालेन,kā·le·na चीवरेनcī·va·re·na तंtaṃ अच्छादेस्सती”ति।ac·chā·des·sa·tī

     “yaṁ kho, bhante, āyasmā veyyāvaccakaraṁ niddisi, saññatto so mayā, upasaṅkamatāyasmā kālena, cīvarena taṁ acchādessatī”ti.

     ‘Venerable, I have instructed the service provider you pointed out. Please go to them at the right time and they’ll give you robe-cloth,’

208. 208

     चीवरत्थिकेन,cī·va·rat·thi·ke·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वेय्यावच्चकरोvey·yā·vac·ca·ka·ro उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā द्वत्तिक्खत्तुंdvat·tik·khat·tuṃ चोदेतब्बोco·de·tab·bo सारेतब्बोsā·re·tab·bo

     Cīvaratthikena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā veyyāvaccakaro upasaṅkamitvā dvattikkhattuṁ codetabbo sāretabbo

     then, if that monk needs robe-cloth, he should go to that service provider and prompt them and remind them two or three times, saying,

209. 209

     “अत्थोat·tho मे,me आवुसो,ā·vu·so चीवरेना”ति,cī·va·re·nā

     “attho me, āvuso, cīvarenā”ti,

     ‘I need robe-cloth.’

210. 210

     द्वत्तिक्खत्तुंdvat·tik·khat·tuṃ चोदयमानोco·da·ya·mā·no सारयमानोsā·ra·ya·mā·no तंtaṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ अभिनिप्फादेय्य,a·bhi·nip·phā·dey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं,ku·sa·laṃ

     dvattikkhattuṁ codayamāno sārayamāno taṁ cīvaraṁ abhinipphādeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ,

     If he then gets robe-cloth, all is well.

211. 211

     नोno चेce अभिनिप्फादेय्य,a·bhi·nip·phā·dey·ya चतुक्खत्तुंca·tuk·khat·tuṃ पञ्चक्खत्तुंpañ·cak·khat·tuṃ छक्खत्तुपरमंchak·khat·tu·pa·ra·maṃ तुण्हीभूतेनtuṇ·hī·bhū·te·na उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa ठातब्बं,ṭhā·tab·baṃ

     no ce abhinipphādeyya, catukkhattuṁ pañcakkhattuṁ chakkhattuparamaṁ tuṇhībhūtena uddissa ṭhātabbaṁ,

     If he does not get it, he should stand in silence for it at most six times.

212. 212

     चतुक्खत्तुंca·tuk·khat·tuṃ पञ्चक्खत्तुंpañ·cak·khat·tuṃ छक्खत्तुपरमंchak·khat·tu·pa·ra·maṃ तुण्हीभूतोtuṇ·hī·bhū·to उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa तिट्ठमानोtiṭ·ṭha·mā·no तंtaṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ अभिनिप्फादेय्य,a·bhi·nip·phā·dey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं,ku·sa·laṃ

     catukkhattuṁ pañcakkhattuṁ chakkhattuparamaṁ tuṇhībhūto uddissa tiṭṭhamāno taṁ cīvaraṁ abhinipphādeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ,

     If he then gets robe-cloth, all is well.

213. 213

     ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri वायममानोvā·ya·ma·mā·no तंtaṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ अभिनिप्फादेय्य,a·bhi·nip·phā·dey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     tato ce uttari vāyamamāno taṁ cīvaraṁ abhinipphādeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If he makes any further effort and then gets robe-cloth, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

214. 214

     नोno चेce अभिनिप्फादेय्य,a·bhi·nip·phā·dey·ya यतस्सya·tas·sa चीवरचेतापन्नंcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·naṃ आभतं,ā·bha·taṃ तत्थtat·tha सामंsā·maṃ वाvā गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ दूतोdū·to वाvā पाहेतब्बोpā·he·tab·bo

     No ce abhinipphādeyya, yatassa cīvaracetāpannaṁ ābhataṁ, tattha sāmaṁ vā gantabbaṁ, dūto vā pāhetabbo

     If he does not get robe-cloth, he should go to the owners of that robe fund, or send a message, saying,

215. 215

     “यंyaṃ खोkho तुम्हेtum·he आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa चीवरचेतापन्नंcī·va·ra·ce·tā·pan·naṃ पहिणित्थ,pa·hi·ṇit·tha नna तंtaṃ तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no किञ्चिkiñ·ci अत्थंat·thaṃ अनुभोति,a·nu·bho·ti

     “yaṁ kho tumhe āyasmanto bhikkhuṁ uddissa cīvaracetāpannaṁ pahiṇittha, na taṁ tassa bhikkhuno kiñci atthaṁ anubhoti,

     ‘That monk hasn’t received any benefit from the robe fund you sent for him.

216. 216

     युञ्जन्तायस्मन्तोyuñ·jan·tā·yas·man·to सकं,sa·kaṃ माmā वोvo सकंsa·kaṃ विनस्सा”ति,vi·nas·sā

     yuñjantāyasmanto sakaṁ, mā vo sakaṁ vinassā”ti,

     Please recover what’s yours, or it might perish.’

217. 217

     अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha सामीचि।sā·mī·ci

     ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

     This is the proper procedure.

218. 218

     कथिनवग्गोka·thi·na·vag·go पठमो।pa·ṭha·mo

     Kathinavaggo paṭhamo.

     The first subchapter on the robe season is finished.

219. 219

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 2। कोसियko·si·ya

     Chapter 2. Kosiya

     The subchapter on silk

220. 220

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 11। कोसियko·si·ya

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 11. Kosiya

     Relinquishment and confession 11: making a blanket with silk

221. 221

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu कोसियमिस्सकंko·si·ya·mis·sa·kaṃ सन्थतंsan·tha·taṃ कारापेय्य,kā·rā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu kosiyamissakaṁ santhataṁ kārāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk has a blanket made that contains silk, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

222. 222

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 12। सुद्धकाळकsud·dha·kā·ḷa·ka

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 12. Suddhakāḷaka

     Relinquishment and confession 12: making a blanket entirely of black wool

223. 223

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सुद्धकाळकानंsud·dha·kā·ḷa·kā·naṃ एळकलोमानंe·ḷa·ka·lo·mā·naṃ सन्थतंsan·tha·taṃ कारापेय्य,kā·rā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu suddhakāḷakānaṁ eḷakalomānaṁ santhataṁ kārāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk has a blanket made entirely of black wool, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

224. 224

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 13। द्वेभागdve·bhā·ga

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 13. Dvebhāga

     Relinquishment and confession 13: making a new blanket with too much black wool

225. 225

     नवंna·vaṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सन्थतंsan·tha·taṃ कारयमानेनkā·ra·ya·mā·ne·na द्वेdve भागाbhā·gā सुद्धकाळकानंsud·dha·kā·ḷa·kā·naṃ एळकलोमानंe·ḷa·ka·lo·mā·naṃ आदातब्बा,ā·dā·tab·bā ततियंta·ti·yaṃ ओदातानं,o·dā·tā·naṃ चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ गोचरियानं।go·ca·ri·yā·naṃ

     Navaṁ pana bhikkhunā santhataṁ kārayamānena dve bhāgā suddhakāḷakānaṁ eḷakalomānaṁ ādātabbā, tatiyaṁ odātānaṁ, catutthaṁ gocariyānaṁ.

     If a monk is having a new blanket made, he should use two parts of entirely black wool, a third part of white, and a fourth part of brown.

226. 226

     अनादाa·nā·dā चेce भिक्खुbhik·khu द्वेdve भागेbhā·ge सुद्धकाळकानंsud·dha·kā·ḷa·kā·naṃ एळकलोमानं,e·ḷa·ka·lo·mā·naṃ ततियंta·ti·yaṃ ओदातानं,o·dā·tā·naṃ चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ गोचरियानं,go·ca·ri·yā·naṃ नवंna·vaṃ सन्थतंsan·tha·taṃ कारापेय्य,kā·rā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Anādā ce bhikkhu dve bhāge suddhakāḷakānaṁ eḷakalomānaṁ, tatiyaṁ odātānaṁ, catutthaṁ gocariyānaṁ, navaṁ santhataṁ kārāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If he has a new blanket made without using two parts of entirely black wool, a third part of white, and a fourth part of brown, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

227. 227

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 14। छब्बस्सchab·bas·sa

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 14. Chabbassa

     Relinquishment and confession 14: keeping a new blanket less than six years

228. 228

     नवंna·vaṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सन्थतंsan·tha·taṃ कारापेत्वाkā·rā·pet·vā छब्बस्सानिchab·bas·sā·ni धारेतब्बं,dhā·re·tab·baṃ

     Navaṁ pana bhikkhunā santhataṁ kārāpetvā chabbassāni dhāretabbaṁ,

     If a monk has had a new blanket made, he should keep it for six years.

229. 229

     ओरेनo·re·na चेce छन्नंchan·naṃ वस्सानंvas·sā·naṃ तंtaṃ सन्थतंsan·tha·taṃ विस्सज्जेत्वाvis·saj·jet·vā वाvā अविस्सज्जेत्वाa·vis·saj·jet·vā वाvā अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ नवंna·vaṃ सन्थतंsan·tha·taṃ कारापेय्यkā·rā·pey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra भिक्खुसम्मुतिया,bhik·khu·sam·mu·ti·yā निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     orena ce channaṁ vassānaṁ taṁ santhataṁ vissajjetvā vā avissajjetvā vā aññaṁ navaṁ santhataṁ kārāpeyya aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     Whether that blanket has been given away or not, if he has another new blanket made in less than six years, except if the monks have agreed, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

230. 230

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 15। निसीदनसन्थतni·sī·da·na·san·tha·ta

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 15. Nisīdanasanthata

     Relinquishment and confession 15: making an inappropriate sitting blanket

231. 231

     निसीदनसन्थतंni·sī·da·na·san·tha·taṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā कारयमानेनkā·ra·ya·mā·ne·na पुराणसन्थतस्सpu·rā·ṇa·san·tha·tas·sa सामन्ताsā·man·tā सुगतविदत्थिsu·ga·ta·vi·dat·thi आदातब्बाā·dā·tab·bā दुब्बण्णकरणाय।dub·baṇ·ṇa·ka·ra·ṇā·ya

     Nisīdanasanthataṁ pana bhikkhunā kārayamānena purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugatavidatthi ādātabbā dubbaṇṇakaraṇāya.

     If a monk is having a sitting blanket made, he must incorporate a piece of one standard handspan from the border of an old blanket in order to make it ugly.

232. 232

     अनादाa·nā·dā चेce भिक्खुbhik·khu पुराणसन्थpu·rā·ṇa·san·tha तस्सtas·sa सामन्ताsā·man·tā सुगतविदत्थिं,su·ga·ta·vi·dat·thiṃ नवंna·vaṃ निसीदनसन्थतंni·sī·da·na·san·tha·taṃ कारापेय्य,kā·rā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Anādā ce bhikkhu purāṇasantha tassa sāmantā sugatavidatthiṁ, navaṁ nisīdanasanthataṁ kārāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If he has a new sitting blanket made without incorporating a piece of one standard handspan from the border of an old blanket, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

233. 233

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 16। एळकलोमe·ḷa·ka·lo·ma

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 16. Eḷakaloma

     Relinquishment and confession 16: carrying wool too far

234. 234

     भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पनेवpa·ne·va अद्धानमग्गप्पटिपन्नस्सad·dhā·na·mag·gap·pa·ṭi·pan·nas·sa एळकलोमानिe·ḷa·ka·lo·mā·ni उप्पज्जेय्युं,up·paj·jey·yuṃ

     Bhikkhuno paneva addhānamaggappaṭipannassa eḷakalomāni uppajjeyyuṁ,

     If wool is given to a monk who is traveling, he may receive it if he wishes.

235. 235

     आकङ्खमानेनā·kaṅ·kha·mā·ne·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā पटिग्गहेतब्बानि,pa·ṭig·ga·he·tab·bā·ni पटिग्गहेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·het·vā तियोजनपरमंti·yo·ja·na·pa·ra·maṃ सहत्थाsa·hat·thā हरितब्बानिha·ri·tab·bā·ni असन्तेa·san·te हारके।hā·ra·ke

     ākaṅkhamānena bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabbāni, paṭiggahetvā tiyojanaparamaṁ sahatthā haritabbāni asante hārake.

     If he receives it and there is no one else to carry it, he may carry it himself for at most 40 kilometers.

236. 236

     ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri हरेय्य,ha·rey·ya असन्तेपिa·san·te·pi हारके,hā·ra·ke निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Tato ce uttari hareyya, asantepi hārake, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If he carries it further than that, even if there is no one else to carry it, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

237. 237

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 17। एळकलोमधोवापनe·ḷa·ka·lo·ma·dho·vā·pa·na

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 17. Eḷakalomadhovāpana

     Relinquishment and confession 17: getting a nun to wash wool

238. 238

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञातिकायañ·ñā·ti·kā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā एळकलोमानिe·ḷa·ka·lo·mā·ni धोवापेय्यdho·vā·pey·ya वाvā रजापेय्यra·jā·pey·ya वाvā विजटापेय्यvi·ja·ṭā·pey·ya वा,vā निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā eḷakalomāni dhovāpeyya vā rajāpeyya vā vijaṭāpeyya vā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk has an unrelated nun wash, dye, or comb wool, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

239. 239

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 18। रूपियrū·pi·ya

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 18. Rūpiya

     Relinquishment and confession 18: becoming the owner of money

240. 240

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu जातरूपरजतंjā·ta·rū·pa·ra·ja·taṃ उग्गण्हेय्यug·gaṇ·hey·ya वाvā उग्गण्हापेय्यug·gaṇ·hā·pey·ya वाvā उपनिक्खित्तंu·pa·nik·khit·taṃ वाvā सादियेय्य,sā·di·yey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu jātarūparajataṁ uggaṇheyya vā uggaṇhāpeyya vā upanikkhittaṁ vā sādiyeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk takes, has someone else take, or consents to gold, silver, or money being deposited for him, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

241. 241

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 19। रूपियसंवोहारrū·pi·ya·saṃ·vo·hā·ra

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 19. Rūpiyasaṁvohāra

     Relinquishment and confession 19: trading with money

242. 242

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu नानप्पकारकंnā·nap·pa·kā·ra·kaṃ रूपियसंवोहारंrū·pi·ya·saṃ·vo·hā·raṃ समापज्जेय्य,sa·mā·paj·jey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu nānappakārakaṁ rūpiyasaṁvohāraṁ samāpajjeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk engages in various kinds of trades involving money, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

243. 243

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 20। कयविक्कयka·ya·vik·ka·ya

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 20. Kayavikkaya

     Relinquishment and confession 20: bartering

244. 244

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu नानप्पकारकंnā·nap·pa·kā·ra·kaṃ कयविक्कयंka·ya·vik·ka·yaṃ समापज्जेय्य,sa·mā·paj·jey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu nānappakārakaṁ kayavikkayaṁ samāpajjeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk engages in various kinds of barter, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

245. 245

     कोसियवग्गोko·si·ya·vag·go दुतियो।du·ti·yo

     Kosiyavaggo dutiyo.

     The second subchapter on silk is finished.

246. 246

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 3। पत्तpat·ta

     Chapter 3. Patta

     The subchapter on almsbowls

247. 247

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 21। पत्तpat·ta

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 21. Patta

     Relinquishment and confession 21: keeping an extra almsbowl beyond ten days

248. 248

     दसाहपरमंda·sā·ha·pa·ra·maṃ अतिरेकपत्तोa·ti·re·ka·pat·to धारेतब्बो,dhā·re·tab·bo तंtaṃ अतिक्कामयतोa·tik·kā·ma·ya·to निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Dasāhaparamaṁ atirekapatto dhāretabbo, taṁ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     A monk should keep an extra almsbowl for ten days at the most. If he keeps it longer than that, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

249. 249

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 22। ऊनपञ्चबन्धनū·na·pañ·ca·ban·dha·na

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 22. Ūnapañcabandhana

     Relinquishment and confession 22: exchanging an almsbowl with fewer than five mends

250. 250

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu ऊनपञ्चबन्धनेनū·na·pañ·ca·ban·dha·ne·na पत्तेनpat·te·na अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ नवंna·vaṃ पत्तंpat·taṃ चेतापेय्य,ce·tā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu ūnapañcabandhanena pattena aññaṁ navaṁ pattaṁ cetāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk exchanges an almsbowl with fewer than five mends for a new almsbowl, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

251. 251

     तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सोso पत्तोpat·to भिक्खुपरिसायbhik·khu·pa·ri·sā·ya निस्सज्जितब्बो,nis·saj·ji·tab·bo

     Tena bhikkhunā so patto bhikkhuparisāya nissajjitabbo,

     That monk should relinquish that almsbowl to a gathering of monks.

252. 252

     योyo चca तस्साtas·sā भिक्खुपरिसायbhik·khu·pa·ri·sā·ya पत्तपरियन्तो,pat·ta·pa·ri·yan·to सोso तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पदातब्बोpa·dā·tab·bo “अयंa·yaṃ तेte भिक्खुbhik·khu पत्तोpat·to यावyā·va भेदनायbhe·da·nā·ya धारेतब्बो”ति,dhā·re·tab·bo

     yo ca tassā bhikkhuparisāya pattapariyanto, so tassa bhikkhuno padātabbo “ayaṁ te bhikkhu patto yāva bhedanāya dhāretabbo”ti,

     He should then be given the last almsbowl belonging to that gathering: ‘Monk, this bowl is yours. Keep it until it breaks.’

253. 253

     अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha सामीचि।sā·mī·ci

     ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

     This is the proper procedure.

254. 254

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 23। भेसज्जbhe·saj·ja

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 23. Bhesajja

     Relinquishment and confession 23: storing the five tonics too long

255. 255

     यानिyā·ni खोkho पनpa·na तानिtā·ni गिलानानंgi·lā·nā·naṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ पटिसायनीयानिpa·ṭi·sā·ya·nī·yā·ni भेसज्जानि,bhe·saj·jā·ni सेय्यथिदं—सप्पिsey·ya·thi·daṃ नवनीतंna·va·nī·taṃ तेलंte·laṃ मधुma·dhu फाणितं,phā·ṇi·taṃ तानिtā·ni पटिग्गहेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·het·vā सत्ताहपरमंsat·tā·ha·pa·ra·maṃ सन्निधिकारकंsan·ni·dhi·kā·ra·kaṃ परिभुञ्जितब्बानि,pa·ri·bhuñ·ji·tab·bā·ni

     Yāni kho pana tāni gilānānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ paṭisāyanīyāni bhesajjāni, seyyathidaṁ—sappi navanītaṁ telaṁ madhu phāṇitaṁ, tāni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaparamaṁ sannidhikārakaṁ paribhuñjitabbāni,

     After being received, the tonics allowable for sick monks—that is, ghee, butter, oil, honey, and syrup—should be used from storage for at most seven days.

256. 256

     तंtaṃ अतिक्कामयतोa·tik·kā·ma·ya·to निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     taṁ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If one uses them longer than that, one commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

257. 257

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 24। वस्सिकसाटिकvas·si·ka·sā·ṭi·ka

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 24. Vassikasāṭika

     Relinquishment and confession 24: making a rainy-season robe at the wrong time

258. 258

     “मासोmā·so सेसोse·so गिम्हान”न्तिgim·hā·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सिकसाटिकचीवरंvas·si·ka·sā·ṭi·ka·cī·va·raṃ परियेसितब्बं,pa·ri·ye·si·tab·baṃ “अद्धमासोad·dha·mā·so सेसोse·so गिम्हान”न्तिgim·hā·na कत्वाkat·vā निवासेतब्बं।ni·vā·se·tab·baṃ

     “Māso seso gimhāna”nti bhikkhunā vassikasāṭikacīvaraṁ pariyesitabbaṁ, “addhamāso seso gimhāna”nti katvā nivāsetabbaṁ.

     When there is a month left of summer, a monk may go looking for cloth for his rainy-season robe. When there is a half-month left, he may sew it and then wear it.

259. 259

     ओरेनo·re·na चेce “मासोmā·so सेसोse·so गिम्हान”न्तिgim·hā·na वस्सिकसाटिकचीवरंvas·si·ka·sā·ṭi·ka·cī·va·raṃ परियेसेय्य,pa·ri·ye·sey·ya ओरेन“द्धमासोo·re·na सेसोse·so गिम्हान”न्तिgim·hā·na कत्वाkat·vā निवासेय्य,ni·vā·sey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Orena ce “māso seso gimhāna”nti vassikasāṭikacīvaraṁ pariyeseyya, orena“ddhamāso seso gimhāna”nti katvā nivāseyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If he goes looking for cloth for his rainy-season robe when there is more than a month left of summer, or if he sews it and then wears it when there is more than a half-month left, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

260. 260

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 25। चीवरअच्छिन्दनcī·va·ra·ac·chin·da·na

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 25. Cīvaraacchindana

     Relinquishment and confession 25: taking back robe-cloth in anger

261. 261

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa सामंsā·maṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ दत्वाdat·vā कुपितोku·pi·to अनत्तमनोa·nat·ta·ma·no अच्छिन्देय्यac·chin·dey·ya वाvā अच्छिन्दापेय्यac·chin·dā·pey·ya वा,vā निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa sāmaṁ cīvaraṁ datvā kupito anattamano acchindeyya vā acchindāpeyya vā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk himself gives a robe to a monk, but then, in anger, takes it back or has it taken back, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

262. 262

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 26। सुत्तविञ्ञत्तिsut·ta·viñ·ñat·ti

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 26. Suttaviññatti

     Relinquishment and confession 26: asking for thread

263. 263

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सामंsā·maṃ सुत्तंsut·taṃ विञ्ञापेत्वाviñ·ñā·pet·vā तन्तवायेहिtan·ta·vā·ye·hi चीवरंcī·va·raṃ वायापेय्य,vā·yā·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu sāmaṁ suttaṁ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi cīvaraṁ vāyāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk himself asks for thread, and then has weavers weave him robe-cloth, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

264. 264

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 27। महापेसकारma·hā·pe·sa·kā·ra

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 27. Mahāpesakāra

     Relinquishment and confession 27: bribing weavers

265. 265

     भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पनेवpa·ne·va उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa अञ्ञातकोañ·ñā·ta·ko गहपतिga·ha·pa·ti वाvā गहपतानीga·ha·pa·tā·nī वाvā तन्तवायेहिtan·ta·vā·ye·hi चीवरंcī·va·raṃ वायापेय्य,vā·yā·pey·ya तत्रtat·ra चेce सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu पुब्बेpub·be अप्पवारितोap·pa·vā·ri·to तन्तवायेtan·ta·vā·ye उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā चीवरेcī·va·re विकप्पंvi·kap·paṃ आपज्जेय्यā·paj·jey·ya

     Bhikkhuṁ paneva uddissa aññātako gahapati vā gahapatānī vā tantavāyehi cīvaraṁ vāyāpeyya, tatra ce so bhikkhu pubbe appavārito tantavāye upasaṅkamitvā cīvare vikappaṁ āpajjeyya

     If a male or female householder is having robe-cloth woven by weavers for an unrelated monk and, without first being invited, that monk goes to those weavers and specifies the kind of robe-cloth he wants, saying,

266. 266

     “इदंi·daṃ खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so चीवरंcī·va·raṃ मंmaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa विय्यति,viy·ya·ti आयतञ्चā·ya·tañ·ca करोथ,ka·ro·tha वित्थतञ्च,vit·tha·tañ·ca अप्पितञ्च,ap·pi·tañ·ca सुवीतञ्च,su·vī·tañ·ca सुप्पवायितञ्च,sup·pa·vā·yi·tañ·ca सुविलेखितञ्च,su·vi·le·khi·tañ·ca सुवितच्छितञ्चsu·vi·tac·chi·tañ·ca करोथ,ka·ro·tha

     “idaṁ kho, āvuso, cīvaraṁ maṁ uddissa viyyati, āyatañca karotha, vitthatañca, appitañca, suvītañca, suppavāyitañca, suvilekhitañca, suvitacchitañca karotha,

     ‘This robe-cloth that you are weaving for me, make it long and wide; make it closely woven, well-woven, well-stretched, well-scraped, and well-combed,

267. 267

     अप्पेवap·pe·va नामnā·ma मयम्पिma·yam·pi आयस्मन्तानंā·yas·man·tā·naṃ किञ्चिमत्तंkiñ·ci·mat·taṃ अनुपदज्जेय्यामा”ति।a·nu·pa·daj·jey·yā·mā

     appeva nāma mayampi āyasmantānaṁ kiñcimattaṁ anupadajjeyyāmā”ti.

     and perhaps I will even give you a small gift,’

268. 268

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu वत्वाvat·vā किञ्चिमत्तंkiñ·ci·mat·taṃ अनुपदज्जेय्यa·nu·pa·daj·jey·ya अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so पिण्डपातमत्तम्पि,piṇ·ḍa·pā·ta·mat·tam·pi निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Evañca so bhikkhu vatvā kiñcimattaṁ anupadajjeyya antamaso piṇḍapātamattampi, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     then, in saying that and afterwards giving them a small gift, even a bit of almsfood, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

269. 269

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 28। अच्चेकचीवरac·ce·ka·cī·va·ra

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 28. Accekacīvara

     Relinquishment and confession 28: storing haste-cloth too long

270. 270

     दसाहानागतंda·sā·hā·nā·ga·taṃ कत्तिकतेमासिकपुण्णमंkat·ti·ka·te·mā·si·ka·puṇ·ṇa·maṃ भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पनेवpa·ne·va अच्चेकचीवरंac·ce·ka·cī·va·raṃ उप्पज्जेय्य,up·paj·jey·ya अच्चेकंac·ce·kaṃ मञ्ञमानेनmañ·ña·mā·ne·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā पटिग्गहेतब्बं,pa·ṭig·ga·he·tab·baṃ पटिग्गहेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·het·vā यावyā·va चीवरकालसमयंcī·va·ra·kā·la·sa·ma·yaṃ निक्खिपितब्बं।nik·khi·pi·tab·baṃ

     Dasāhānāgataṁ kattikatemāsikapuṇṇamaṁ bhikkhuno paneva accekacīvaraṁ uppajjeyya, accekaṁ maññamānena bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭiggahetvā yāva cīvarakālasamayaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.

     When there are ten days left to the Kattika full moon that ends the first rainy-season residence and a haste-cloth is given to a monk, he may receive it if he regards it as urgent. He may then store it until the end of the robe season.

271. 271

     ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri निक्खिपेय्य,nik·khi·pey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Tato ce uttari nikkhipeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If he stores it beyond that, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

272. 272

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 29। सासङ्कsā·saṅ·ka

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 29. Sāsaṅka

     Relinquishment and confession 29: storing a robe for more than six days in an inhabited area

273. 273

     उपवस्संu·pa·vas·saṃ खोkho पनpa·na कत्तिकपुण्णमंkat·ti·ka·puṇ·ṇa·maṃ यानिyā·ni खोkho पनpa·na तानिtā·ni आरञ्ञकानिā·rañ·ña·kā·ni सेनासनानिse·nā·sa·nā·ni सासङ्कसम्मतानिsā·saṅ·ka·sam·ma·tā·ni सप्पटिभयानि,sap·pa·ṭi·bha·yā·ni तथारूपेसुta·thā·rū·pe·su भिक्खुbhik·khu सेनासनेसुse·nā·sa·ne·su विहरन्तोvi·ha·ran·to आकङ्खमानोā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no तिण्णंtiṇ·ṇaṃ चीवरानंcī·va·rā·naṃ अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निक्खिपेय्य,nik·khi·pey·ya सियाsi·yā चca तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कोचिदेवko·ci·de·va पच्चयोpac·ca·yo तेनte·na चीवरेनcī·va·re·na विप्पवासाय,vip·pa·vā·sā·ya

     Upavassaṁ kho pana kattikapuṇṇamaṁ yāni kho pana tāni āraññakāni senāsanāni sāsaṅkasammatāni sappaṭibhayāni, tathārūpesu bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto ākaṅkhamāno tiṇṇaṁ cīvarānaṁ aññataraṁ cīvaraṁ antaraghare nikkhipeyya, siyā ca tassa bhikkhuno kocideva paccayo tena cīvarena vippavāsāya,

     There are wilderness dwellings that are considered risky and dangerous. After observing the Kattika full moon that ends the rainy season, a monk who is staying in such a dwelling may, if he so desires, store one of his three robes in an inhabited area so long as he has a reason for staying apart from that robe.

274. 274

     छारत्तपरमंchā·rat·ta·pa·ra·maṃ तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā तेनte·na चीवरेनcī·va·re·na विप्पवसितब्बं।vip·pa·va·si·tab·baṃ ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri विप्पवसेय्यvip·pa·va·sey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra भिक्खुसम्मुतिया,bhik·khu·sam·mu·ti·yā निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     chārattaparamaṁ tena bhikkhunā tena cīvarena vippavasitabbaṁ. Tato ce uttari vippavaseyya aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     He should stay apart from that robe for six days at the most. If he stays apart from it longer than that, except if the monks have agreed, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

275. 275

     निस्सग्गियnis·sag·gi·ya पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 30। परिणतpa·ri·ṇa·ta

     Nissaggiya Pācittiya 30. Pariṇata

     Relinquishment and confession 30: diverting an offering intended for the Sangha

276. 276

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu जानंjā·naṃ सङ्घिकंsaṅ·ghi·kaṃ लाभंlā·bhaṃ परिणतंpa·ri·ṇa·taṃ अत्तनोat·ta·no परिणामेय्य,pa·ri·ṇā·mey·ya निस्सग्गियंnis·sag·gi·yaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ saṅghikaṁ lābhaṁ pariṇataṁ attano pariṇāmeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk diverts to himself material support that he knows was intended for the Sangha, he commits an offense entailing relinquishment and confession.

277. 277

     पत्तवग्गोpat·ta·vag·go ततियो।ta·ti·yo

     Pattavaggo tatiyo.

     The third subchapter on almsbowls is finished.

278. 278

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खोkho आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to तिंसtiṃ·sa निस्सग्गियाnis·sag·gi·yā पाचित्तियाpā·cit·ti·yā धम्मा।dham·mā

     Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto tiṁsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā dhammā.

     Venerables, the thirty rules on relinquishment and confession have been recited.

279. 279

     तत्थायस्मन्तेtat·thā·yas·man·te पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     Tatthāyasmante pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

280. 280

     दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

281. 281

     ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

282. 282

     परिसुद्धेत्थायस्मन्तो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thā·yas·man·to तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

     parisuddhetthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

     You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

283. 283

     निस्सग्गियपाचित्तियाnis·sag·gi·ya·pā·cit·ti·yā निट्ठिताniṭ·ṭhi·tā

     Nissaggiyapācittiyā niṭṭhitā

     The offenses entailing relinquishment and confession are finished.

284. 284

     सुद्धपाचित्तियाsud·dha·pā·cit·ti·yā

     Suddhapācittiyā

     The rules on confession

285. 285

     इमेi·me खोkho पनायस्मन्तोpa·nā·yas·man·to द्वेनवुतिdve·na·vu·ti पाचित्तियाpā·cit·ti·yā धम्माdham·mā उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छन्ति।ā·gac·chan·ti

     Ime kho panāyasmanto dvenavuti pācittiyā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.

     Venerables, these ninety-two rules on confession come up for recitation.

286. 286

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 1। मुसावादmu·sā·vā·da

     Chapter 1. Musāvāda

     The subchapter on lying

287. 287

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 1। मुसावादmu·sā·vā·da

     Pācittiya 1. Musāvāda

     Confession 1: lying

288. 288

     सम्पजानमुसावादेsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā·vā·de पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk lies in full awareness, he commits an offense entailing confession.

289. 289

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 2। ओमसवादo·ma·sa·vā·da

     Pācittiya 2. Omasavāda

     Confession 2: abusive speech

290. 290

     ओमसवादेo·ma·sa·vā·de पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Omasavāde pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk speaks abusively, he commits an offense entailing confession.

291. 291

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 3। पेसुञ्ञpe·suñ·ña

     Pācittiya 3. Pesuñña

     Confession 3: malicious talebearing

292. 292

     भिक्खुपेसुञ्ञेbhik·khu·pe·suñ·ñe पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Bhikkhupesuññe pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk engages in malicious talebearing between monks, he commits an offense entailing confession.

293. 293

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 4। पदसोधम्मpa·da·so·dham·ma

     Pācittiya 4. Padasodhamma

     Confession 4: instructing a householder to memorize the Teaching

294. 294

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अनुपसम्पन्नंa·nu·pa·sam·pan·naṃ पदसोpa·da·so धम्मंdham·maṃ वाचेय्य,vā·cey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannaṁ padaso dhammaṁ vāceyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk instructs a person who is not fully ordained to memorize the Teaching, he commits an offense entailing confession.

295. 295

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 5। पठमसहसेय्यpa·ṭha·ma·sa·ha·sey·ya

     Pācittiya 5. Paṭhamasahaseyya

     Confession 5: lying down with one not fully ordained

296. 296

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अनुपसम्पन्नेनa·nu·pa·sam·pan·ne·na उत्तरिदिरत्ततिरत्तंut·ta·ri·di·rat·ta·ti·rat·taṃ सहसेय्यंsa·ha·sey·yaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannena uttaridirattatirattaṁ sahaseyyaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk lies down more than two or three nights in the same sleeping place as a person who is not fully ordained, he commits an offense entailing confession.

297. 297

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 6। दुतियसहसेय्यdu·ti·ya·sa·ha·sey·ya

     Pācittiya 6. Dutiyasahaseyya

     Confession 6: lying down with a woman

298. 298

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu मातुगामेनmā·tu·gā·me·na सहसेय्यंsa·ha·sey·yaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena sahaseyyaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk lies down in the same sleeping place as a woman, he commits an offense entailing confession.

299. 299

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 7। धम्मदेसनाdham·ma·de·sa·nā

     Pācittiya 7. Dhammadesanā

     Confession 7: teaching a woman alone

300. 300

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu मातुगामस्सmā·tu·gā·mas·sa उत्तरिछप्पञ्चवाचाहिut·ta·ri·chap·pañ·ca·vā·cā·hi धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेय्यde·sey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra विञ्ञुनाviñ·ñu·nā पुरिसविग्गहेन,pu·ri·sa·vig·ga·he·na पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmassa uttarichappañcavācāhi dhammaṁ deseyya aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk gives a teaching of more than five or six sentences to a woman, except in the presence of a man who understands, he commits an offense entailing confession.

301. 301

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 8। भूतारोचनbhū·tā·ro·ca·na

     Pācittiya 8. Bhūtārocana

     Confession 8: truthfully announcing a superhuman quality

302. 302

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अनुपसम्पन्नस्सa·nu·pa·sam·pan·nas·sa उत्तरिमनुस्सधम्मंut·ta·ri·ma·nus·sa·dham·maṃ आरोचेय्य,ā·ro·cey·ya भूतस्मिंbhū·tas·miṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannassa uttarimanussadhammaṁ āroceyya, bhūtasmiṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk truthfully tells a person who is not fully ordained of a superhuman quality, he commits an offense entailing confession.

303. 303

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 9। दुट्ठुल्लारोचनduṭ·ṭhul·lā·ro·ca·na

     Pācittiya 9. Duṭṭhullārocana

     Confession 9: announcing a monk’s grave offense

304. 304

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa दुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ अनुपसम्पन्नस्सa·nu·pa·sam·pan·nas·sa आरोचेय्यā·ro·cey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra भिक्खुसम्मुतिया,bhik·khu·sam·mu·ti·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa duṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ anupasampannassa āroceyya aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk tells a person who is not fully ordained about a monk’s grave offense, except if the monks have agreed, he commits an offense entailing confession.

305. 305

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 10। पथवीखणनpa·tha·vī·kha·ṇa·na

     Pācittiya 10. Pathavīkhaṇana

     Confession 10: digging the earth

306. 306

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu पथविंpa·tha·viṃ खणेय्यkha·ṇey·ya वाvā खणापेय्यkha·ṇā·pey·ya वाvā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu pathaviṁ khaṇeyya vā khaṇāpeyya vā pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk digs the earth or has it dug, he commits an offense entailing confession.

307. 307

     मुसावादवग्गोmu·sā·vā·da·vag·go पठमोpa·ṭha·mo

     Musāvādavaggo paṭhamo

     The first subchapter on lying is finished.

308. 308

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 2। भूतगामbhū·ta·gā·ma

     Chapter 2. Bhūtagāma

     The subchapter on plants

309. 309

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 11। भूतगामbhū·ta·gā·ma

     Pācittiya 11. Bhūtagāma

     Confession 11: destroying plants

310. 310

     भूतगामपातब्यतायbhū·ta·gā·ma·pā·tab·ya·tā·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Bhūtagāmapātabyatāya pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk destroys a plant, he commits an offense entailing confession.

311. 311

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 12। अञ्ञवादकañ·ña·vā·da·ka

     Pācittiya 12. Aññavādaka

     Confession 12: speaking evasively

312. 312

     अञ्ञवादके,añ·ña·vā·da·ke विहेसकेvi·he·sa·ke पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Aññavādake, vihesake pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk speaks evasively or harasses, he commits an offense entailing confession.

313. 313

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 13। उज्झापनकuj·jhā·pa·na·ka

     Pācittiya 13. Ujjhāpanaka

     Confession 13: complaining

314. 314

     उज्झापनके,uj·jhā·pa·na·ke खिय्यनकेkhiy·ya·na·ke पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Ujjhāpanake, khiyyanake pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk complains or criticizes, he commits an offense entailing confession.

315. 315

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 14। पठमसेनासनpa·ṭha·ma·se·nā·sa·na

     Pācittiya 14. Paṭhamasenāsana

     Confession 14: leaving furniture outside

316. 316

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घिकंsaṅ·ghi·kaṃ मञ्चंmañ·caṃ वाvā पीठंpī·ṭhaṃ वाvā भिसिंbhi·siṃ वाvā कोच्छंkoc·chaṃ वाvā अज्झोकासेaj·jho·kā·se सन्थरित्वाsan·tha·rit·vā वाvā सन्थरापेत्वाsan·tha·rā·pet·vā वाvā तंtaṃ पक्कमन्तोpak·ka·man·to नेवne·va उद्धरेय्य,ud·dha·rey·ya नna उद्धरापेय्य,ud·dha·rā·pey·ya अनापुच्छंa·nā·puc·chaṃ वाvā गच्छेय्य,gac·chey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghikaṁ mañcaṁ vā pīṭhaṁ vā bhisiṁ vā kocchaṁ vā ajjhokāse santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṁ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya, na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṁ vā gaccheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk takes a bed, a bench, a mattress, or a stool belonging to the Sangha and puts it out in the open or has it put out in the open, and he then departs without putting it away, having it put away, or informing anyone, he commits an offense entailing confession.

317. 317

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 15। दुतियसेनासनdu·ti·ya·se·nā·sa·na

     Pācittiya 15. Dutiyasenāsana

     Confession 15: not putting away bedding

318. 318

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घिकेsaṅ·ghi·ke विहारेvi·hā·re सेय्यंsey·yaṃ सन्थरित्वाsan·tha·rit·vā वाvā सन्थरापेत्वाsan·tha·rā·pet·vā वाvā तंtaṃ पक्कमन्तोpak·ka·man·to नेवne·va उद्धरेय्य,ud·dha·rey·ya नna उद्धरापेय्य,ud·dha·rā·pey·ya अनापुच्छंa·nā·puc·chaṃ वाvā गच्छेय्य,gac·chey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghike vihāre seyyaṁ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā taṁ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya, na uddharāpeyya, anāpucchaṁ vā gaccheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk puts out bedding in a dwelling belonging to the Sangha, or has it put out, and he then departs without putting it away, having it put away, or informing anyone, he commits an offense entailing confession.

319. 319

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 16। अनुपखज्जa·nu·pa·khaj·ja

     Pācittiya 16. Anupakhajja

     Confession 16: encroaching on a monk

320. 320

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घिकेsaṅ·ghi·ke विहारेvi·hā·re जानंjā·naṃ पुब्बुपगतंpub·bu·pa·ga·taṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ अनुपखज्जa·nu·pa·khaj·ja सेय्यंsey·yaṃ कप्पेय्यkap·pey·ya “यस्सyas·sa सम्बाधोsam·bā·dho भविस्सति,bha·vis·sa·ti सोso पक्कमिस्सती”तिpak·ka·mis·sa·tī एतदेवe·ta·de·va पच्चयंpac·ca·yaṃ करित्वाka·rit·vā अनञ्ञं,a·nañ·ñaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghike vihāre jānaṁ pubbupagataṁ bhikkhuṁ anupakhajja seyyaṁ kappeyya “yassa sambādho bhavissati, so pakkamissatī”ti etadeva paccayaṁ karitvā anaññaṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

     If, in a dwelling belonging to the Sangha, a monk arranges his sleeping place in a way that encroaches on a monk that he knows arrived there before him, with the intention that anyone who feels crowded will leave, and he does so only for this reason and no other, he commits an offense entailing confession.

321. 321

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 17। निक्कड्ढनnik·kaḍ·ḍha·na

     Pācittiya 17. Nikkaḍḍhana

     Confession 17: evicting a monk

322. 322

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ कुपितोku·pi·to अनत्तमनोa·nat·ta·ma·no सङ्घिकाsaṅ·ghi·kā विहाराvi·hā·rā निक्कड्ढेय्यnik·kaḍ·ḍhey·ya वाvā निक्कड्ढापेय्यnik·kaḍ·ḍhā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ kupito anattamano saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍheyya vā nikkaḍḍhāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk, in anger, throws a monk out of a dwelling belonging to the Sangha, or has him thrown out, he commits an offense entailing confession.

323. 323

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 18। वेहासकुटिve·hā·sa·ku·ṭi

     Pācittiya 18. Vehāsakuṭi

     Confession 18: sitting down on an upper story

324. 324

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घिकेsaṅ·ghi·ke विहारेvi·hā·re उपरिवेहासकुटियाu·pa·ri·ve·hā·sa·ku·ṭi·yā आहच्चपादकंā·hac·ca·pā·da·kaṃ मञ्चंmañ·caṃ वाvā पीठंpī·ṭhaṃ वाvā अभिनिसीदेय्यa·bhi·ni·sī·dey·ya वाvā अभिनिपज्जेय्यa·bhi·ni·paj·jey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṁ mañcaṁ vā pīṭhaṁ vā abhinisīdeyya vā abhinipajjeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk sits down or lies down on a bed or a bench with detachable legs on an upper story in a dwelling belonging to the Sangha, he commits an offense entailing confession.

325. 325

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 19। महल्लकविहारma·hal·la·ka·vi·hā·ra

     Pācittiya 19. Mahallakavihāra

     Confession 19: applying excessive materials to a large dwelling

326. 326

     महल्लकंma·hal·la·kaṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā विहारंvi·hā·raṃ कारयमानेनkā·ra·ya·mā·ne·na यावyā·va द्वारकोसाdvā·ra·ko·sā अग्गळट्ठपनायag·ga·ḷaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ya आलोकसन्धिपरिकम्मायā·lo·ka·san·dhi·pa·ri·kam·mā·ya द्वत्तिच्छदनस्सdvat·tic·cha·da·nas·sa परियायंpa·ri·yā·yaṃ अप्पहरितेap·pa·ha·ri·te ठितेनṭhi·te·na अधिट्ठातब्बं,a·dhiṭ·ṭhā·tab·baṃ ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri अप्पहरितेपिap·pa·ha·ri·te·pi ठितोṭhi·to अधिट्ठहेय्य,a·dhiṭ·ṭha·hey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Mahallakaṁ pana bhikkhunā vihāraṁ kārayamānena yāva dvārakosā aggaḷaṭṭhapanāya ālokasandhiparikammāya dvatticchadanassa pariyāyaṁ appaharite ṭhitena adhiṭṭhātabbaṁ, tato ce uttari appaharitepi ṭhito adhiṭṭhaheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     When a monk is building a large dwelling, then standing where there are no cultivated plants, he may apply two or three layers of roofing material, taking it as far as the doorcase and using it for fixing the door and for treating the window openings. If he applies more than that, even if he stands where there are no cultivated plants, he commits an offense entailing confession.

327. 327

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 20। सप्पाणकsap·pā·ṇa·ka

     Pācittiya 20. Sappāṇaka

     Confession 20: pouring water with living beings in it

328. 328

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu जानंjā·naṃ सप्पाणकंsap·pā·ṇa·kaṃ उदकंu·da·kaṃ तिणंti·ṇaṃ वाvā मत्तिकंmat·ti·kaṃ वाvā सिञ्चेय्यsiñ·cey·ya वाvā सिञ्चापेय्यsiñ·cā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ sappāṇakaṁ udakaṁ tiṇaṁ vā mattikaṁ vā siñceyya vā siñcāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk pours water that he knows contains living beings onto grass or clay, or has it poured, he commits an offense entailing confession.

329. 329

     भूतगामवग्गोbhū·ta·gā·ma·vag·go दुतियोdu·ti·yo

     Bhūtagāmavaggo dutiyo

     The second subchapter on plants is finished.

330. 330

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 3। ओवादo·vā·da

     Chapter 3. Ovāda

     The subchapter on the instruction

331. 331

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 21। ओवादo·vā·da

     Pācittiya 21. Ovāda

     Confession 21: instructing nuns without approval

332. 332

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu असम्मतोa·sam·ma·to भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo ओवदेय्य,o·va·dey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu asammato bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk who has not been appointed instructs the nuns, he commits an offense entailing confession.

333. 333

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 22। अत्थङ्गतat·thaṅ·ga·ta

     Pācittiya 22. Atthaṅgata

     Confession 22: instructing nuns after sunset

334. 334

     सम्मतोपिsam·ma·to·pi चेce भिक्खुbhik·khu अत्थङ्गतेat·thaṅ·ga·te सूरियेsū·ri·ye भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo ओवदेय्य,o·va·dey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Sammatopi ce bhikkhu atthaṅgate sūriye bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     Even if he has been appointed, if a monk instructs the nuns after sunset, he commits an offense entailing confession.

335. 335

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 23। भिक्खुनुपस्सयbhik·khu·nu·pas·sa·ya

     Pācittiya 23. Bhikkhunupassaya

     Confession 23: instructing nuns in a nunnery

336. 336

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुनुपस्सयंbhik·khu·nu·pas·sa·yaṃ उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo ओवदेय्यo·va·dey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra समया,sa·ma·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhunupassayaṁ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk goes to a nunnery and instructs the nuns, except on an appropriate occasion, he commits an offense entailing confession.

337. 337

     तत्थायंtat·thā·yaṃ समयो,sa·ma·yo गिलानाgi·lā·nā होतिho·ti भिक्खुनी,bhik·khu·nī अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha समयो।sa·ma·yo

     Tatthāyaṁ samayo, gilānā hoti bhikkhunī, ayaṁ tattha samayo.

     This is the appropriate occasion: a nun is sick.

338. 338

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 24। आमिसā·mi·sa

     Pācittiya 24. Āmisa

     Confession 24: accusing monks of teaching nuns for profit

339. 339

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्यva·dey·ya “आमिसहेतुā·mi·sa·he·tu थेराthe·rā भिक्खूbhik·khū भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo ओवदन्ती”ति,o·va·dan·tī पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya “āmisahetu therā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ovadantī”ti, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk says that the senior monks are instructing the nuns for the sake of worldly gain, he commits an offense entailing confession.

340. 340

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 25। चीवरदानcī·va·ra·dā·na

     Pācittiya 25. Cīvaradāna

     Confession 25: giving robe-cloth to a nun

341. 341

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञातिकायañ·ñā·ti·kā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā चीवरंcī·va·raṃ ददेय्यda·dey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra पारिवत्तका,pā·ri·vat·ta·kā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṁ dadeyya aññatra pārivattakā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk gives robe-cloth to an unrelated nun, except in exchange, he commits an offense entailing confession.

342. 342

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 26। चीवरसिब्बनcī·va·ra·sib·ba·na

     Pācittiya 26. Cīvarasibbana

     Confession 26: sewing a robe for a nun

343. 343

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञातिकायañ·ñā·ti·kā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā चीवरंcī·va·raṃ सिब्बेय्यsib·bey·ya वाvā सिब्बापेय्यsib·bā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṁ sibbeyya vā sibbāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk sews a robe for an unrelated nun, or has one sewn, he commits an offense entailing confession.

344. 344

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 27। संविधानsaṃ·vi·dhā·na

     Pācittiya 27. Saṁvidhāna

     Confession 27: traveling with a nun

345. 345

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ संविधायsaṃ·vi·dhā·ya एकद्धानमग्गंe·kad·dhā·na·mag·gaṃ पटिपज्जेय्यpa·ṭi·paj·jey·ya अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so गामन्तरम्पिgā·man·ta·ram·pi अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra समया,sa·ma·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ saṁvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṁ paṭipajjeyya antamaso gāmantarampi aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk travels by arrangement with a nun, even just to the next inhabited area, except on an appropriate occasion, he commits an offense entailing confession.

346. 346

     तत्थायंtat·thā·yaṃ समयो,sa·ma·yo सत्थगमनीयोsat·tha·ga·ma·nī·yo होतिho·ti मग्गो,mag·go सासङ्कसम्मतो,sā·saṅ·ka·sam·ma·to सप्पटिभयो,sap·pa·ṭi·bha·yo अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha समयो।sa·ma·yo

     Tatthāyaṁ samayo, satthagamanīyo hoti maggo, sāsaṅkasammato, sappaṭibhayo, ayaṁ tattha samayo.

     This is the appropriate occasion: the road is considered risky and dangerous and should be traveled with a group.

347. 347

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 28। नावाभिरुहनnā·vā·bhi·ru·ha·na

     Pācittiya 28. Nāvābhiruhana

     Confession 28: traveling on a boat with a nun

348. 348

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ संविधायsaṃ·vi·dhā·ya एकंe·kaṃ नावंnā·vaṃ अभिरुहेय्यa·bhi·ru·hey·ya उद्धङ्गामिनिंud·dhaṅ·gā·mi·niṃ वाvā अधोगामिनिंa·dho·gā·mi·niṃ वाvā अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra तिरियंti·ri·yaṃ तरणाय,ta·ra·ṇā·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ saṁvidhāya ekaṁ nāvaṁ abhiruheyya uddhaṅgāminiṁ vā adhogāminiṁ vā aññatra tiriyaṁ taraṇāya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk boards a boat by arrangement with a nun, either to go upstream or downstream, except for the purpose of crossing, he commits an offense entailing confession.

349. 349

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 29। परिपाचितpa·ri·pā·ci·ta

     Pācittiya 29. Paripācita

     Confession 29: eating food prepared on a nun’s instruction

350. 350

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu जानंjā·naṃ भिक्खुनिपरिपाचितंbhik·khu·ni·pa·ri·pā·ci·taṃ पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra पुब्बेpub·be गिहिसमारम्भा,gi·hi·sa·mā·ram·bhā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ bhikkhuniparipācitaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjeyya aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk eats almsfood knowing that a nun had it prepared, except if the householder had intended to prepare it anyway, he commits an offense entailing confession.

351. 351

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 30। रहोनिसज्जra·ho·ni·saj·ja

     Pācittiya 30. Rahonisajja

     Confession 30: sitting alone with a nun

352. 352

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ एकोe·ko एकायe·kā·ya रहोra·ho निसज्जंni·saj·jaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk sits down in private alone with a nun, he commits an offense entailing confession.

353. 353

     ओवादवग्गोo·vā·da·vag·go ततियोta·ti·yo

     Ovādavaggo tatiyo

     The third subchapter on the instruction is finished.

354. 354

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 4। भोजनवग्गोbho·ja·na·vag·go

     Chapter 4. Bhojanavaggo

     The subchapter on eating

355. 355

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 31। आवसथपिण्डā·va·sa·tha·piṇ·ḍa

     Pācittiya 31. Āvasathapiṇḍa

     Confession 31: eating excessively at a public guesthouse

356. 356

     अगिलानेनa·gi·lā·ne·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā एकोe·ko आवसथपिण्डोā·va·sa·tha·piṇ·ḍo भुञ्जितब्बो।bhuñ·ji·tab·bo

     Agilānena bhikkhunā eko āvasathapiṇḍo bhuñjitabbo.

     If a monk who is not sick eats more than one almsmeal at a public guesthouse,

357. 357

     ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri भुञ्जेय्य,bhuñ·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Tato ce uttari bhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     he commits an offense entailing confession.

358. 358

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 32। गणभोजनga·ṇa·bho·ja·na

     Pācittiya 32. Gaṇabhojana

     Confession 32: eating in a group

359. 359

     गणभोजनेga·ṇa·bho·ja·ne अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra समयाsa·ma·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Gaṇabhojane aññatra samayā pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk eats in a group, except on an appropriate occasion, he commits an offense entailing confession.

360. 360

     तत्थायंtat·thā·yaṃ समयो,sa·ma·yo गिलानसमयो,gi·lā·na·sa·ma·yo चीवरदानसमयो,cī·va·ra·dā·na·sa·ma·yo चीवरकारसमयो,cī·va·ra·kā·ra·sa·ma·yo अद्धानगमनसमयो,ad·dhā·na·ga·ma·na·sa·ma·yo नावाभिरुहनसमयो,nā·vā·bhi·ru·ha·na·sa·ma·yo महासमयो,ma·hā·sa·ma·yo समणभत्तसमयो,sa·ma·ṇa·bhat·ta·sa·ma·yo अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha समयो।sa·ma·yo

     Tatthāyaṁ samayo, gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo, nāvābhiruhanasamayo, mahāsamayo, samaṇabhattasamayo, ayaṁ tattha samayo.

     These are the appropriate occasions: he is sick; it is the robe-giving season; it is a time of making robes; he is traveling; he is on a boat; it is a big occasion; it is a meal given by a monastic.

361. 361

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 33। परम्परभोजनpa·ram·pa·ra·bho·ja·na

     Pācittiya 33. Paramparabhojana

     Confession 33: eating meals in succession

362. 362

     परम्परभोजनेpa·ram·pa·ra·bho·ja·ne अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra समयाsa·ma·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Paramparabhojane aññatra samayā pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk eats a meal before another, except on an appropriate occasion, he commits an offense entailing confession.

363. 363

     तत्थायंtat·thā·yaṃ समयो,sa·ma·yo गिलानसमयो,gi·lā·na·sa·ma·yo चीवरदानसमयो,cī·va·ra·dā·na·sa·ma·yo चीवरकारसमयो,cī·va·ra·kā·ra·sa·ma·yo अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha समयो।sa·ma·yo

     Tatthāyaṁ samayo, gilānasamayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo, ayaṁ tattha samayo.

     These are the appropriate occasions: he is sick; it is the robe-giving season; it is a time of making robes.

364. 364

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 34। काणमातुkā·ṇa·mā·tu

     Pācittiya 34. Kāṇamātu

     Confession 34: accepting more than three bowlfuls

365. 365

     भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पनेवpa·ne·va कुलंku·laṃ उपगतंu·pa·ga·taṃ पूवेहिpū·ve·hi वाvā मन्थेहिman·the·hi वाvā अभिहट्ठुंa·bhi·haṭ·ṭhuṃ पवारेय्य,pa·vā·rey·ya आकङ्खमानेनā·kaṅ·kha·mā·ne·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā द्वत्तिपत्तपूराdvat·ti·pat·ta·pū·rā पटिग्गहेतब्बा।pa·ṭig·ga·he·tab·bā ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri पटिग्गण्हेय्य,pa·ṭig·gaṇ·hey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Bhikkhuṁ paneva kulaṁ upagataṁ pūvehi vā manthehi vā abhihaṭṭhuṁ pavāreyya, ākaṅkhamānena bhikkhunā dvattipattapūrā paṭiggahetabbā. Tato ce uttari paṭiggaṇheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk goes to a family and is invited to take cookies or crackers, he may accept two or three bowlfuls if he wishes. If he accepts more than that, he commits an offense entailing confession.

366. 366

     द्वत्तिपत्तपूरेdvat·ti·pat·ta·pū·re पटिग्गहेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·het·vā ततोta·to नीहरित्वाnī·ha·rit·vā भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ संविभजितब्बं,saṃ·vi·bha·ji·tab·baṃ अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha सामीचि।sā·mī·ci

     Dvattipattapūre paṭiggahetvā tato nīharitvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ saṁvibhajitabbaṁ, ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

     If he accepts two or three bowlfuls, he should take it away and share it with the monks. This is the proper procedure.

367. 367

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 35। पठमपवारणाpa·ṭha·ma·pa·vā·ra·ṇā

     Pācittiya 35. Paṭhamapavāraṇā

     Confession 35: eating more after refusing an invitation

368. 368

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भुत्तावीbhut·tā·vī पवारितोpa·vā·ri·to अनतिरित्तंa·na·ti·rit·taṃ खादनीयंkhā·da·nī·yaṃ वाvā भोजनीयंbho·ja·nī·yaṃ वाvā खादेय्यkhā·dey·ya वाvā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhuttāvī pavārito anatirittaṁ khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk has finished his meal and refused an invitation to eat more, and then eats fresh or cooked food that is not left over, he commits an offense entailing confession.

369. 369

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 36। दुतियपवारणाdu·ti·ya·pa·vā·ra·ṇā

     Pācittiya 36. Dutiyapavāraṇā

     Confession 36: encouraging a monastic to eat after refusing an invitation

370. 370

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ भुत्ताविंbhut·tā·viṃ पवारितंpa·vā·ri·taṃ अनतिरित्तेनa·na·ti·rit·te·na खादनीयेनkhā·da·nī·ye·na वाvā भोजनीयेनbho·ja·nī·ye·na वाvā अभिहट्ठुंa·bhi·haṭ·ṭhuṃ पवारेय्यpa·vā·rey·ya “हन्दhan·da भिक्खुbhik·khu खादkhā·da वाvā भुञ्जbhuñ·ja वा”तिvā जानंjā·naṃ आसादनापेक्खो,ā·sā·da·nā·pek·kho भुत्तस्मिंbhut·tas·miṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ bhuttāviṁ pavāritaṁ anatirittena khādanīyena vā bhojanīyena vā abhihaṭṭhuṁ pavāreyya “handa bhikkhu khāda vā bhuñja vā”ti jānaṁ āsādanāpekkho, bhuttasmiṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk invites a monk, whom he knows has finished his meal and refused an invitation to eat more, to eat fresh or cooked food that is not left over, saying, ‘Here, monk, eat,’ aiming to criticize him, then when the other has eaten, he commits an offense entailing confession.

371. 371

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 37। विकालभोजनvi·kā·la·bho·ja·na

     Pācittiya 37. Vikālabhojana

     Confession 37: eating at the wrong time

372. 372

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu विकालेvi·kā·le खादनीयंkhā·da·nī·yaṃ वाvā भोजनीयंbho·ja·nī·yaṃ वाvā खादेय्यkhā·dey·ya वाvā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu vikāle khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk eats fresh or cooked food at the wrong time, he commits an offense entailing confession.

373. 373

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 38। सन्निधिकारकsan·ni·dhi·kā·ra·ka

     Pācittiya 38. Sannidhikāraka

     Confession 38: eating stored food

374. 374

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सन्निधिकारकंsan·ni·dhi·kā·ra·kaṃ खादनीयंkhā·da·nī·yaṃ वाvā भोजनीयंbho·ja·nī·yaṃ वाvā खादेय्यkhā·dey·ya वाvā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṁ khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk eats fresh or cooked food that he has stored, he commits an offense entailing confession.

375. 375

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 39। पणीतभोजनpa·ṇī·ta·bho·ja·na

     Pācittiya 39. Paṇītabhojana

     Confession 39: asking for fine foods

376. 376

     यानिyā·ni खोkho पनpa·na तानिtā·ni पणीतभोजनानि,pa·ṇī·ta·bho·ja·nā·ni सेय्यथिदं—सप्पि,sey·ya·thi·daṃ नवनीतं,na·va·nī·taṃ तेलं,te·laṃ मधु,ma·dhu फाणितं,phā·ṇi·taṃ मच्छो,mac·cho मंसं,maṃ·saṃ खीरं,khī·raṃ दधि।da·dhi योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu एवरूपानिe·va·rū·pā·ni पणीतभोजनानिpa·ṇī·ta·bho·ja·nā·ni अगिलानोa·gi·lā·no अत्तनोat·ta·no अत्थायat·thā·ya विञ्ञापेत्वाviñ·ñā·pet·vā भुञ्जेय्य,bhuñ·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yāni kho pana tāni paṇītabhojanāni, seyyathidaṁ—sappi, navanītaṁ, telaṁ, madhu, phāṇitaṁ, maccho, maṁsaṁ, khīraṁ, dadhi. Yo pana bhikkhu evarūpāni paṇītabhojanāni agilāno attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk who is not sick asks for any of these kinds of fine foods for himself—that is, ghee, butter, oil, honey, syrup, fish, meat, milk, and curd—and then eats it, he commits an offense entailing confession.

377. 377

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 40। दन्तपोनdan·ta·po·na

     Pācittiya 40. Dantapona

     Confession 40: eating ungiven food

378. 378

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ मुखद्वारंmu·khad·vā·raṃ आहारंā·hā·raṃ आहरेय्यā·ha·rey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra उदकदन्तपोना,u·da·ka·dan·ta·po·nā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu adinnaṁ mukhadvāraṁ āhāraṁ āhareyya aññatra udakadantaponā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk eats food that has not been given, except for water and tooth cleaners, he commits an offense entailing confession.

379. 379

     भोजनवग्गोbho·ja·na·vag·go चतुत्थोca·tut·tho

     Bhojanavaggo catuttho

     The fourth subchapter on eating is finished.

380. 380

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 5। अचेलकa·ce·la·ka

     Chapter 5. Acelaka

     The subchapter on naked ascetics

381. 381

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 41। अचेलकa·ce·la·ka

     Pācittiya 41. Acelaka

     Confession 41: giving food to non-Buddhist monastics

382. 382

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अचेलकस्सa·ce·la·kas·sa वाvā परिब्बाजकस्सpa·rib·bā·ja·kas·sa वाvā परिब्बाजिकायpa·rib·bā·ji·kā·ya वाvā सहत्थाsa·hat·thā खादनीयंkhā·da·nī·yaṃ वाvā भोजनीयंbho·ja·nī·yaṃ वाvā ददेय्य,da·dey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu acelakassa vā paribbājakassa vā paribbājikāya vā sahatthā khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ vā dadeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk personally gives fresh or cooked food to a naked ascetic, to a male wanderer, or to a female wanderer, he commits an offense entailing confession.

383. 383

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 42। उय्योजनuy·yo·ja·na

     Pācittiya 42. Uyyojana

     Confession 42: dismissing a monk during almsround

384. 384

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ “एहावुसो,e·hā·vu·so गामंgā·maṃ वाvā निगमंni·ga·maṃ वाvā पिण्डायpiṇ·ḍā·ya पविसिस्सामा”तिpa·vi·sis·sā·mā तस्सtas·sa दापेत्वाdā·pet·vā वाvā अदापेत्वाa·dā·pet·vā वाvā उय्योजेय्यuy·yo·jey·ya “गच्छावुसो,gac·chā·vu·so नna मेme तयाta·yā सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ कथाka·thā वाvā निसज्जाni·saj·jā वाvā फासुphā·su होति,ho·ti एककस्सe·ka·kas·sa मेme कथाka·thā वाvā निसज्जाni·saj·jā वाvā फासुphā·su होती”तिho·tī एतदेवe·ta·de·va पच्चयंpac·ca·yaṃ करित्वाka·rit·vā अनञ्ञं,a·nañ·ñaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ “ehāvuso, gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisissāmā”ti tassa dāpetvā vā adāpetvā vā uyyojeyya “gacchāvuso, na me tayā saddhiṁ kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hoti, ekakassa me kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hotī”ti etadeva paccayaṁ karitvā anaññaṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk says to a monk, ‘Come, let’s go to the village or town for alms,’ and then, whether he has had food given to him or not, sends him away, saying, ‘Go away! I’m not comfortable talking or sitting with you, but only if I talk and sit by myself,’ and he does so only for this reason and no other, he commits an offense entailing confession.

385. 385

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 43। सभोजनsa·bho·ja·na

     Pācittiya 43. Sabhojana

     Confession 43: intruding on a lustful couple

386. 386

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सभोजनेsa·bho·ja·ne कुलेku·le अनुपखज्जa·nu·pa·khaj·ja निसज्जंni·saj·jaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu sabhojane kule anupakhajja nisajjaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk sits down intruding on a lustful couple, he commits an offense entailing confession.

387. 387

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 44। रहोपटिच्छन्नra·ho·pa·ṭic·chan·na

     Pācittiya 44. Rahopaṭicchanna

     Confession 44: sitting with a woman in a concealed place

388. 388

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu मातुगामेनmā·tu·gā·me·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ रहोra·ho पटिच्छन्नेpa·ṭic·chan·ne आसनेā·sa·ne निसज्जंni·saj·jaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṁ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk sits down in private on a concealed seat with a woman, he commits an offense entailing confession.

389. 389

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 45। रहोनिसज्जra·ho·ni·saj·ja

     Pācittiya 45. Rahonisajja

     Confession 45: sitting alone with a woman

390. 390

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu मातुगामेनmā·tu·gā·me·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ एकोe·ko एकायe·kā·ya रहोra·ho निसज्जंni·saj·jaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṁ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk sits down in private alone with a woman, he commits an offense entailing confession.

391. 391

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 46। चारित्तcā·rit·ta

     Pācittiya 46. Cāritta

     Confession 46: visiting families before a meal

392. 392

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu निमन्तितोni·man·ti·to सभत्तोsa·bhat·to समानोsa·mā·no सन्तंsan·taṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ अनापुच्छाa·nā·puc·chā पुरेभत्तंpu·re·bhat·taṃ वाvā पच्छाभत्तंpac·chā·bhat·taṃ वाvā कुलेसुku·le·su चारित्तंcā·rit·taṃ आपज्जेय्यā·paj·jey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra समया,sa·ma·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu nimantito sabhatto samāno santaṁ bhikkhuṁ anāpucchā purebhattaṁ vā pacchābhattaṁ vā kulesu cārittaṁ āpajjeyya aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk who has been invited to a meal visits families beforehand or afterwards without informing an available monk, except on an appropriate occasion, he commits an offense entailing confession.

393. 393

     तत्थायंtat·thā·yaṃ समयो,sa·ma·yo चीवरदानसमयो,cī·va·ra·dā·na·sa·ma·yo चीवरकारसमयो,cī·va·ra·kā·ra·sa·ma·yo अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha समयो।sa·ma·yo

     Tatthāyaṁ samayo, cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo, ayaṁ tattha samayo.

     These are the appropriate occasions: it is the robe-giving season; it is a time of making robes.

394. 394

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 47। महानामma·hā·nā·ma

     Pācittiya 47. Mahānāma

     Confession 47: accepting an invitation of more than four months

395. 395

     अगिलानेनa·gi·lā·ne·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā चतुमासप्पच्चयपवारणाca·tu·mā·sap·pac·ca·ya·pa·vā·ra·ṇā सादितब्बाsā·di·tab·bā अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra पुनपवारणाय,pu·na·pa·vā·ra·ṇā·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra निच्चपवारणाय।nic·ca·pa·vā·ra·ṇā·ya ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri सादियेय्य,sā·di·yey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Agilānena bhikkhunā catumāsappaccayapavāraṇā sāditabbā aññatra punapavāraṇāya, aññatra niccapavāraṇāya. Tato ce uttari sādiyeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     A monk who is not sick may accept an invitation to ask for requisites for four months. If he accepts one beyond that limit, except if it is a further invitation or a permanent invitation, he commits an offense entailing confession.

396. 396

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 48। उय्युत्तसेनाuy·yut·ta·se·nā

     Pācittiya 48. Uyyuttasenā

     Confession 48: going to see a mobilized army

397. 397

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu उय्युत्तंuy·yut·taṃ सेनंse·naṃ दस्सनायdas·sa·nā·ya गच्छेय्यgac·chey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra तथारूपप्पच्चया,ta·thā·rū·pap·pac·ca·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu uyyuttaṁ senaṁ dassanāya gaccheyya aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk goes to see an army, except if there is a suitable reason, he commits an offense entailing confession.

398. 398

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 49। सेनावासse·nā·vā·sa

     Pācittiya 49. Senāvāsa

     Confession 49: staying more than three days with an army

399. 399

     सियाsi·yā चca तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कोचिदेवko·ci·de·va पच्चयोpac·ca·yo सेनंse·naṃ गमनाय,ga·ma·nā·ya दिरत्ततिरत्तंdi·rat·ta·ti·rat·taṃ तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सेनायse·nā·ya वसितब्बं।va·si·tab·baṃ

     Siyā ca tassa bhikkhuno kocideva paccayo senaṁ gamanāya, dirattatirattaṁ tena bhikkhunā senāya vasitabbaṁ.

     If that monk has a reason for going to the army, he may stay with the army for two or three nights.

400. 400

     ततोta·to चेce उत्तरिut·ta·ri वसेय्य,va·sey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Tato ce uttari vaseyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If he stays longer than that, he commits an offense entailing confession.

401. 401

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 50। उय्योधिकuy·yo·dhi·ka

     Pācittiya 50. Uyyodhika

     Confession 50: seeing an army in action

402. 402

     दिरत्ततिरत्तंdi·rat·ta·ti·rat·taṃ चेce भिक्खुbhik·khu सेनायse·nā·ya वसमानोva·sa·mā·no उय्योधिकंuy·yo·dhi·kaṃ वाvā बलग्गंba·lag·gaṃ वाvā सेनाब्यूहंse·nāb·yū·haṃ वाvā अनीकदस्सनंa·nī·ka·das·sa·naṃ वाvā गच्छेय्य,gac·chey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Dirattatirattaṁ ce bhikkhu senāya vasamāno uyyodhikaṁ vā balaggaṁ vā senābyūhaṁ vā anīkadassanaṁ vā gaccheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk who is staying with an army for two or three nights goes to a battle, a troop review, a massing of the army, or a troop inspection, he commits an offense entailing confession.

403. 403

     अचेलकवग्गोa·ce·la·ka·vag·go पञ्चमोpañ·ca·mo

     Acelakavaggo pañcamo

     The fifth subchapter on naked ascetics is finished.

404. 404

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 6। सुरापानsu·rā·pā·na

     Chapter 6. Surāpāna

     The subchapter on drinking alcohol

405. 405

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 51। सुरापानsu·rā·pā·na

     Pācittiya 51. Surāpāna

     Confession 51: drinking alcohol

406. 406

     सुरामेरयपानेsu·rā·me·ra·ya·pā·ne पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Surāmerayapāne pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk drinks this or that kind of alcoholic drink, he commits an offense entailing confession.

407. 407

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 52। अङ्गुलिपतोदकaṅ·gu·li·pa·to·da·ka

     Pācittiya 52. Aṅgulipatodaka

     Confession 52: tickling

408. 408

     अङ्गुलिपतोदकेaṅ·gu·li·pa·to·da·ke पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Aṅgulipatodake pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk tickles someone, he commits an offense entailing confession.

409. 409

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 53। हसधम्मha·sa·dham·ma

     Pācittiya 53. Hasadhamma

     Confession 53: playing in water

410. 410

     उदकेu·da·ke हसधम्मेha·sa·dham·me पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Udake hasadhamme pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk plays in water, he commits an offense entailing confession.

411. 411

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 54। अनादरियa·nā·da·ri·ya

     Pācittiya 54. Anādariya

     Confession 54: disrespect

412. 412

     अनादरियेa·nā·da·ri·ye पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Anādariye pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk is disrespectful, he commits an offense entailing confession.

413. 413

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 55। भिंसापनbhiṃ·sā·pa·na

     Pācittiya 55. Bhiṁsāpana

     Confession 55: scaring a monk

414. 414

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ भिंसापेय्य,bhiṃ·sā·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ bhiṁsāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk scares a monk, he commits an offense entailing confession.

415. 415

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 56। जोतिjo·ti

     Pācittiya 56. Joti

     Confession 56: lighting a fire

416. 416

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अगिलानोa·gi·lā·no विसिब्बनापेक्खोvi·sib·ba·nā·pek·kho जोतिंjo·tiṃ समादहेय्यsa·mā·da·hey·ya वाvā समादहापेय्यsa·mā·da·hā·pey·ya वाvā अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra तथारूपप्पच्चया,ta·thā·rū·pap·pac·ca·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu agilāno visibbanāpekkho jotiṁ samādaheyya vā samādahāpeyya vā aññatra tathārūpappaccayā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk who is not sick lights a fire to warm himself, or has one lit, except if there is a suitable reason, he commits an offense entailing confession.

417. 417

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 57। नहानna·hā·na

     Pācittiya 57. Nahāna

     Confession 57: bathing too often

418. 418

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu ओरेनद्धमासंo·re·nad·dha·mā·saṃ नहायेय्यna·hā·yey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra समया,sa·ma·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu orenaddhamāsaṁ nahāyeyya aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk bathes at intervals of less than a half-month, except on an appropriate occasion, he commits an offense entailing confession.

419. 419

     तत्थायंtat·thā·yaṃ समयोsa·ma·yo “दियड्ढोdi·yaḍ·ḍho मासोmā·so सेसोse·so गिम्हान”न्तिgim·hā·na “वस्सानस्सvas·sā·nas·sa पठमोpa·ṭha·mo मासो”mā·so इच्चेतेic·ce·te अड्ढतेय्यमासाaḍ·ḍha·tey·ya·mā·sā उण्हसमयो,uṇ·ha·sa·ma·yo परिळाहसमयो,pa·ri·ḷā·ha·sa·ma·yo गिलानसमयो,gi·lā·na·sa·ma·yo कम्मसमयो,kam·ma·sa·ma·yo अद्धानगमनसमयो,ad·dhā·na·ga·ma·na·sa·ma·yo वातवुट्ठिसमयो,vā·ta·vuṭ·ṭhi·sa·ma·yo अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha समयो।sa·ma·yo

     Tatthāyaṁ samayo “diyaḍḍho māso seso gimhāna”nti “vassānassa paṭhamo māso” iccete aḍḍhateyyamāsā uṇhasamayo, pariḷāhasamayo, gilānasamayo, kammasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo, vātavuṭṭhisamayo, ayaṁ tattha samayo.

     These are the appropriate occasions: it is the two-and-a-half-month period of summer and the fever season, comprising the last one-and-a-half months of summer and the first month of the rainy season; he is sick; he is working; he is traveling; there is wind and rain.

420. 420

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 58। दुब्बण्णकरणdub·baṇ·ṇa·ka·ra·ṇa

     Pācittiya 58. Dubbaṇṇakaraṇa

     Confession 58: not making stains on a new robe

421. 421

     नवंna·vaṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā चीवरलाभेनcī·va·ra·lā·bhe·na तिण्णंtiṇ·ṇaṃ दुब्बण्णकरणानंdub·baṇ·ṇa·ka·ra·ṇā·naṃ अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ दुब्बण्णकरणंdub·baṇ·ṇa·ka·ra·ṇaṃ आदातब्बंā·dā·tab·baṃ नीलंnī·laṃ वाvā कद्दमंkad·da·maṃ वाvā काळसामंkā·ḷa·sā·maṃ वा।vā अनादाa·nā·dā चेce भिक्खुbhik·khu तिण्णंtiṇ·ṇaṃ दुब्बण्णकरणानंdub·baṇ·ṇa·ka·ra·ṇā·naṃ अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ दुब्बण्णकरणंdub·baṇ·ṇa·ka·ra·ṇaṃ नवंna·vaṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ परिभुञ्जेय्य,pa·ri·bhuñ·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Navaṁ pana bhikkhunā cīvaralābhena tiṇṇaṁ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṁ aññataraṁ dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṁ ādātabbaṁ nīlaṁ vā kaddamaṁ vā kāḷasāmaṁ vā. Anādā ce bhikkhu tiṇṇaṁ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṁ aññataraṁ dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṁ navaṁ cīvaraṁ paribhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     When a monk gets a new robe, he should apply one of three kinds of stains: blue-green, mud color, or dark brown. If a monk uses a new robe without applying any of the three kinds of stains, he commits an offense entailing confession.

422. 422

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 59। विकप्पनvi·kap·pa·na

     Pācittiya 59. Vikappana

     Confession 59: using assigned property that has not been relinquished

423. 423

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa वाvā भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā वाvā सिक्खमानायsik·kha·mā·nā·ya वाvā सामणेरस्सsā·ma·ṇe·ras·sa वाvā सामणेरियाsā·ma·ṇe·ri·yā वाvā सामंsā·maṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ विकप्पेत्वाvi·kap·pet·vā अप्पच्चुद्धारणंap·pac·cud·dhā·ra·ṇaṃ परिभुञ्जेय्य,pa·ri·bhuñ·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā sikkhamānāya vā sāmaṇerassa vā sāmaṇeriyā vā sāmaṁ cīvaraṁ vikappetvā appaccuddhāraṇaṁ paribhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk himself assigns the ownership of a robe to a monk, a nun, a trainee nun, a novice monk, or a novice nun, and he then uses it without the other first relinquishing it, he commits an offense entailing confession.

424. 424

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 60। अपनिधानa·pa·ni·dhā·na

     Pācittiya 60. Apanidhāna

     Confession 60: hiding a robe

425. 425

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa पत्तंpat·taṃ वाvā चीवरंcī·va·raṃ वाvā निसीदनंni·sī·da·naṃ वाvā सूचिघरंsū·ci·gha·raṃ वाvā कायबन्धनंkā·ya·ban·dha·naṃ वाvā अपनिधेय्यa·pa·ni·dhey·ya वाvā अपनिधापेय्यa·pa·ni·dhā·pey·ya वाvā अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so हसापेक्खोपि,ha·sā·pek·kho·pi पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa pattaṁ vā cīvaraṁ vā nisīdanaṁ vā sūcigharaṁ vā kāyabandhanaṁ vā apanidheyya vā apanidhāpeyya vā antamaso hasāpekkhopi, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk hides a monk’s bowl, robe, sitting mat, needle case, or belt, or he has it hidden, even just for a laugh, he commits an offense entailing confession.

426. 426

     सुरापानवग्गोsu·rā·pā·na·vag·go छट्ठोchaṭ·ṭho

     Surāpānavaggo chaṭṭho

     The sixth subchapter on drinking alcohol is finished.

427. 427

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 7। सप्पाणsap·pā·ṇa

     Chapter 7. Sappāṇa

     The subchapter on containing living beings

428. 428

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 61। सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca

     Pācittiya 61. Sañcicca

     Confession 61: intentionally killing a living being

429. 429

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca पाणंpā·ṇaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेय्य,vo·ro·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṁ jīvitā voropeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk intentionally kills a living being, he commits an offense entailing confession.

430. 430

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 62। सप्पाणकsap·pā·ṇa·ka

     Pācittiya 62. Sappāṇaka

     Confession 62: using water with living beings in it

431. 431

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu जानंjā·naṃ सप्पाणकंsap·pā·ṇa·kaṃ उदकंu·da·kaṃ परिभुञ्जेय्य,pa·ri·bhuñ·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ sappāṇakaṁ udakaṁ paribhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk uses water that he knows contains living beings, he commits an offense entailing confession.

432. 432

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 63। उक्कोटनuk·ko·ṭa·na

     Pācittiya 63. Ukkoṭana

     Confession 63: reopening a settled legal issue

433. 433

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu जानंjā·naṃ यथाधम्मंya·thā·dham·maṃ निहताधिकरणंni·ha·tā·dhi·ka·ra·ṇaṃ पुनकम्मायpu·na·kam·mā·ya उक्कोटेय्य,uk·ko·ṭey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ yathādhammaṁ nihatādhikaraṇaṁ punakammāya ukkoṭeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk reopens a legal issue that he knows has been legitimately settled, he commits an offense entailing confession.

434. 434

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 64। दुट्ठुल्लduṭ·ṭhul·la

     Pācittiya 64. Duṭṭhulla

     Confession 64: concealing a grave offense

435. 435

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa जानंjā·naṃ दुट्ठुल्लंduṭ·ṭhul·laṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ पटिच्छादेय्य,pa·ṭic·chā·dey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa jānaṁ duṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ paṭicchādeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk knowingly conceals a monk’s grave offense, he commits an offense entailing confession.

436. 436

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 65। ऊनवीसतिवस्सū·na·vī·sa·ti·vas·sa

     Pācittiya 65. Ūnavīsativassa

     Confession 65: ordaining a person under twenty

437. 437

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu जानंjā·naṃ ऊनवीसतिवस्संū·na·vī·sa·ti·vas·saṃ पुग्गलंpug·ga·laṃ उपसम्पादेय्य,u·pa·sam·pā·dey·ya सोso चca पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo अनुपसम्पन्नो,a·nu·pa·sam·pan·no तेte चca भिक्खूbhik·khū गारय्हा,gā·ray·hā इदंi·daṃ तस्मिंtas·miṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ ūnavīsativassaṁ puggalaṁ upasampādeyya, so ca puggalo anupasampanno, te ca bhikkhū gārayhā, idaṁ tasmiṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk gives the full ordination to a person he knows is less than twenty years old, he commits an offense entailing confession. Moreover, that person has not received the full ordination and those monks are blameworthy.

438. 438

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 66। थेय्यसत्थthey·ya·sat·tha

     Pācittiya 66. Theyyasattha

     Confession 66: traveling with thieves

439. 439

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu जानंjā·naṃ थेय्यसत्थेनthey·ya·sat·the·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ संविधायsaṃ·vi·dhā·ya एकद्धानमग्गंe·kad·dhā·na·mag·gaṃ पटिपज्जेय्यpa·ṭi·paj·jey·ya अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so गामन्तरम्पि,gā·man·ta·ram·pi पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ theyyasatthena saddhiṁ saṁvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṁ paṭipajjeyya antamaso gāmantarampi, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk knowingly travels by arrangement with a group of thieves, even just to the next inhabited area, he commits an offense entailing confession.

440. 440

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 67। संविधानsaṃ·vi·dhā·na

     Pācittiya 67. Saṁvidhāna

     Confession 67: traveling with a woman

441. 441

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu मातुगामेनmā·tu·gā·me·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ संविधायsaṃ·vi·dhā·ya एकद्धानमग्गंe·kad·dhā·na·mag·gaṃ पटिपज्जेय्यpa·ṭi·paj·jey·ya अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so गामन्तरम्पि,gā·man·ta·ram·pi पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṁ saṁvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṁ paṭipajjeyya antamaso gāmantarampi, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk travels by arrangement with a woman, even just to the next inhabited area, he commits an offense entailing confession.

442. 442

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 68। अरिट्ठa·riṭ·ṭha

     Pācittiya 68. Ariṭṭha

     Confession 68: not giving up a bad view

443. 443

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्यva·dey·ya

     Yo pana bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya

     If a monk says,

444. 444

     “तथाहंta·thā·haṃ भगवताbha·ga·va·tā धम्मंdham·maṃ देसितंde·si·taṃ आजानामि,ā·jā·nā·mi यथाya·thā येमेye·me अन्तरायिकाan·ta·rā·yi·kā धम्माdham·mā वुत्ताvut·tā भगवता,bha·ga·va·tā तेte पटिसेवतोpa·ṭi·se·va·to नालंnā·laṃ अन्तरायाया”ति,an·ta·rā·yā·yā

     “tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā”ti,

     ‘As I understand the Buddha’s Teaching, the things he calls obstacles are unable to obstruct one who indulges in them,’

445. 445

     सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीयोva·ca·nī·yo

     so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo

     then the monks should correct him like this:

446. 446

     “मायस्माmā·yas·mā एवंe·vaṃ अवच,a·va·ca माmā भगवन्तंbha·ga·van·taṃ अब्भाचिक्खि,ab·bhā·cik·khi नna हिhi साधुsā·dhu भगवतोbha·ga·va·to अब्भक्खानं,ab·bhak·khā·naṃ नna हिhi भगवाbha·ga·vā एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य,va·dey·ya

     “māyasmā evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya,

     ‘No, venerable, don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for it’s not good to misrepresent the Buddha. The Buddha would never say such a thing.

447. 447

     अनेकपरियायेनावुसोa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·nā·vu·so अन्तरायिकाan·ta·rā·yi·kā धम्माdham·mā अन्तरायिकाan·ta·rā·yi·kā वुत्ताvut·tā भगवता,bha·ga·va·tā अलञ्चa·lañ·ca पनpa·na तेte पटिसेवतोpa·ṭi·se·va·to अन्तरायाया”ति।an·ta·rā·yā·yā

     anekapariyāyenāvuso antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā”ti.

     In many discourses the Buddha has declared the obstacles to be obstructive and how they obstruct one who indulges in them.’

448. 448

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi वुच्चमानोvuc·ca·mā·no तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्य,pag·gaṇ·hey·ya सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi यावततियंyā·va·ta·ti·yaṃ समनुभासितब्बोsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·tab·bo तस्सtas·sa पटिनिस्सग्गाय।pa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·ya

     Evañca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva paggaṇheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāya.

     If that monk continues as before, the monks should press him up to three times to make him give up that view.

449. 449

     यावततियञ्चेyā·va·ta·ti·yañ·ce समनुभासियमानोsa·ma·nu·bhā·si·ya·mā·no तंtaṃ पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं।ku·sa·laṃ

     Yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsiyamāno taṁ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.

     If he then gives it up, all is well.

450. 450

     नोno चेce पटिनिस्सज्जेय्य,pa·ṭi·nis·saj·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     No ce paṭinissajjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If he does not, he commits an offense entailing confession.

451. 451

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 69। उक्खित्तसम्भोगuk·khit·ta·sam·bho·ga

     Pācittiya 69. Ukkhittasambhoga

     Confession 69: living with an ejected monk

452. 452

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu जानंjā·naṃ तथावादिनाta·thā·vā·di·nā भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā अकटानुधम्मेनa·ka·ṭā·nu·dham·me·na तंtaṃ दिट्ठिंdiṭ·ṭhiṃ अप्पटिनिस्सट्ठेनap·pa·ṭi·nis·saṭ·ṭhe·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ सम्भुञ्जेय्यsam·bhuñ·jey·ya वा,vā संवसेय्यsaṃ·va·sey·ya वा,vā सहsa·ha वाvā सेय्यंsey·yaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ tathāvādinā bhikkhunā akaṭānudhammena taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṁ sambhuñjeyya vā, saṁvaseyya vā, saha vā seyyaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk lives, does formal meetings, or shares a sleeping place with a monk who he knows is saying such things, who has not made amends according to the rule, and who has not given up that view, he commits an offense entailing confession.

453. 453

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 70। कण्टकkaṇ·ṭa·ka

     Pācittiya 70. Kaṇṭaka

     Confession 70: supporting a novice monk with a bad view

454. 454

     समणुद्देसोपिsa·ma·ṇud·de·so·pi चेce एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्यva·dey·ya

     Samaṇuddesopi ce evaṁ vadeyya

     Also if a novice monastic says,

455. 455

     “तथाहंta·thā·haṃ भगवताbha·ga·va·tā धम्मंdham·maṃ देसितंde·si·taṃ आजानामि,ā·jā·nā·mi यथाya·thā येमेye·me अन्तरायिकाan·ta·rā·yi·kā धम्माdham·mā वुत्ताvut·tā भगवता,bha·ga·va·tā तेte पटिसेवतोpa·ṭi·se·va·to नालंnā·laṃ अन्तरायाया”ति,an·ta·rā·yā·yā

     “tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā”ti,

     ‘As I understand the Buddha’s Teaching, the things he calls obstacles are unable to obstruct one who indulges in them,’

456. 456

     सोso समणुद्देसोsa·ma·ṇud·de·so भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीयोva·ca·nī·yo

     so samaṇuddeso bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo

     then the monks should correct him like this:

457. 457

     “मावुसो,mā·vu·so समणुद्देसsa·ma·ṇud·de·sa एवंe·vaṃ अवच,a·va·ca माmā भगवन्तंbha·ga·van·taṃ अब्भाचिक्खि,ab·bhā·cik·khi नna हिhi साधुsā·dhu भगवतोbha·ga·va·to अब्भक्खानं,ab·bhak·khā·naṃ नna हिhi भगवाbha·ga·vā एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्य,va·dey·ya

     “māvuso, samaṇuddesa evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya,

     ‘No, don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for it’s not good to misrepresent the Buddha. The Buddha would never say such a thing.

458. 458

     अनेकपरियायेनावुसो,a·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·nā·vu·so समणुद्देसsa·ma·ṇud·de·sa अन्तरायिकाan·ta·rā·yi·kā धम्माdham·mā अन्तरायिकाan·ta·rā·yi·kā वुत्ताvut·tā भगवता,bha·ga·va·tā अलञ्चa·lañ·ca पनpa·na तेte पटिसेवतोpa·ṭi·se·va·to अन्तरायाया”ति,an·ta·rā·yā·yā

     anekapariyāyenāvuso, samaṇuddesa antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā”ti,

     In many discourses the Buddha has declared the obstacles to be obstructive and how they obstruct one who indulges in them.’

459. 459

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca सोso समणुद्देसोsa·ma·ṇud·de·so भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi वुच्चमानोvuc·ca·mā·no तथेवta·the·va पग्गण्हेय्य,pag·gaṇ·hey·ya सोso समणुद्देसोsa·ma·ṇud·de·so भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi एवमस्सe·va·mas·sa वचनीयोva·ca·nī·yo

     evañca so samaṇuddeso bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tatheva paggaṇheyya, so samaṇuddeso bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyo

     If that novice monastic continues as before, he should be told:

460. 460

     “अज्जतग्गेaj·ja·tag·ge ते,te आवुसो,ā·vu·so समणुद्देसsa·ma·ṇud·de·sa नna चेवce·va सोso भगवाbha·ga·vā सत्थाsat·thā अपदिसितब्बो,a·pa·di·si·tab·bo

     “ajjatagge te, āvuso, samaṇuddesa na ceva so bhagavā satthā apadisitabbo,

     ‘From today on you may not refer to the Buddha as your teacher.

461. 461

     यम्पिyam·pi चञ्ञेcañ·ñe समणुद्देसाsa·ma·ṇud·de·sā लभन्तिla·bhan·ti भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ दिरत्ततिरत्तंdi·rat·ta·ti·rat·taṃ सहसेय्यं,sa·ha·sey·yaṃ सापिsā·pi तेte नत्थि,nat·thi

     yampi caññe samaṇuddesā labhanti bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ dirattatirattaṁ sahaseyyaṁ, sāpi te natthi,

     And, unlike other novices, you can no longer share a sleeping place with the monks for two or three nights.

462. 462

     चरca·ra पिरे,pi·re विनस्सा”ति।vi·nas·sā

     cara pire, vinassā”ti.

     Go! Away with you!’

463. 463

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu जानंjā·naṃ तथानासितंta·thā·nā·si·taṃ समणुद्देसंsa·ma·ṇud·de·saṃ उपलापेय्यu·pa·lā·pey·ya वा,vā उपट्ठापेय्यu·paṭ·ṭhā·pey·ya वा,vā सम्भुञ्जेय्यsam·bhuñ·jey·ya वा,vā सहsa·ha वाvā सेय्यंsey·yaṃ कप्पेय्य,kap·pey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ tathānāsitaṁ samaṇuddesaṁ upalāpeyya vā, upaṭṭhāpeyya vā, sambhuñjeyya vā, saha vā seyyaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk befriends that novice monastic, or he is attended on by him, lives with him, or shares a sleeping place with him, even though he knows that he has been expelled in this way, he commits an offense entailing confession.

464. 464

     सप्पाणकवग्गोsap·pā·ṇa·ka·vag·go सत्तमोsat·ta·mo

     Sappāṇakavaggo sattamo

     The seventh subchapter on containing living beings is finished.

465. 465

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 8। सहधम्मिकsa·ha·dham·mi·ka

     Chapter 8. Sahadhammika

     The subchapter on legitimate correction

466. 466

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 71। सहधम्मिकsa·ha·dham·mi·ka

     Pācittiya 71. Sahadhammika

     Confession 71: not accepting legitimate correction

467. 467

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi सहधम्मिकंsa·ha·dham·mi·kaṃ वुच्चमानोvuc·ca·mā·no एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्यva·dey·ya “नna तावाहं,tā·vā·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ सिक्खापदेsik·khā·pa·de सिक्खिस्सामि,sik·khis·sā·mi यावyā·va नna अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ ब्यत्तंbyat·taṃ विनयधरंvi·na·ya·dha·raṃ परिपुच्छामी”ति,pa·ri·puc·chā·mī पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṁ vuccamāno evaṁ vadeyya “na tāvāhaṁ, āvuso, etasmiṁ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi, yāva na aññaṁ bhikkhuṁ byattaṁ vinayadharaṁ paripucchāmī”ti, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk, when legitimately corrected by the monks, says, ‘I won’t practice this training rule until I’ve questioned a monk who is an expert on the Monastic Law,’ he commits an offense entailing confession.

468. 468

     सिक्खमानेन,sik·kha·mā·ne·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā अञ्ञातब्बंañ·ñā·tab·baṃ परिपुच्छितब्बंpa·ri·puc·chi·tab·baṃ परिपञ्हितब्बं,pa·ri·pañ·hi·tab·baṃ अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha सामीचि।sā·mī·ci

     Sikkhamānena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā aññātabbaṁ paripucchitabbaṁ paripañhitabbaṁ, ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

     A monk who is training should understand, should question, should enquire. This is the proper procedure.

469. 469

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 72। विलेखनvi·le·kha·na

     Pācittiya 72. Vilekhana

     Confession 72: disparaging the training rules

470. 470

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu पातिमोक्खेpā·ti·mok·khe उद्दिस्समानेud·dis·sa·mā·ne एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्यva·dey·ya “किंkiṃ पनिमेहिpa·ni·me·hi खुद्दानुखुद्दकेहिkhud·dā·nu·khud·da·ke·hi सिक्खापदेहिsik·khā·pa·de·hi उद्दिट्ठेहि,ud·diṭ·ṭhe·hi यावदेवyā·va·de·va कुक्कुच्चायkuk·kuc·cā·ya विहेसायvi·he·sā·ya विलेखायvi·le·khā·ya संवत्तन्ती”ति,saṃ·vat·tan·tī सिक्खापदविवण्णकेsik·khā·pa·da·vi·vaṇ·ṇa·ke पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṁ vadeyya “kiṁ panimehi khuddānukhuddakehi sikkhāpadehi uddiṭṭhehi, yāvadeva kukkuccāya vihesāya vilekhāya saṁvattantī”ti, sikkhāpadavivaṇṇake pācittiyaṁ.

     When the Monastic Code is being recited, if a monk says, ‘What’s the point of reciting these minor training rules, when they just lead to anxiety, oppression, and annoyance?’ then in disparaging the training rules, he commits an offense entailing confession.

471. 471

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 73। मोहनmo·ha·na

     Pācittiya 73. Mohana

     Confession 73: deception

472. 472

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अन्वद्धमासंan·vad·dha·mā·saṃ पातिमोक्खेpā·ti·mok·khe उद्दिस्समानेud·dis·sa·mā·ne एवंe·vaṃ वदेय्यva·dey·ya

     Yo pana bhikkhu anvaddhamāsaṁ pātimokkhe uddissamāne evaṁ vadeyya

     During the half-monthly recitation of the Monastic Code, a monk might say,

473. 473

     “इदानेवi·dā·ne·va खोkho अहंa·haṃ जानामि,jā·nā·mi अयम्पिa·yam·pi किरki·ra धम्मोdham·mo सुत्तागतोsut·tā·ga·to सुत्तपरियापन्नोsut·ta·pa·ri·yā·pan·no अन्वद्धमासंan·vad·dha·mā·saṃ उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छती”ति।ā·gac·cha·tī

     “idāneva kho ahaṁ jānāmi, ayampi kira dhammo suttāgato suttapariyāpanno anvaddhamāsaṁ uddesaṁ āgacchatī”ti.

     ‘Just now did I find out that this rule too has come down in the Monastic Code, is included in the Monastic Code, and comes up for recitation every half-month.’

474. 474

     तञ्चेtañ·ce भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ अञ्ञेañ·ñe भिक्खूbhik·khū जानेय्युंjā·ney·yuṃ निसिन्नपुब्बंni·sin·na·pub·baṃ इमिनाi·mi·nā भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā द्वत्तिक्खत्तुंdvat·tik·khat·tuṃ पातिमोक्खेpā·ti·mok·khe उद्दिस्समाने,ud·dis·sa·mā·ne कोko पनpa·na वादोvā·do भिय्यो,bhiy·yo नna चca तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no अञ्ञाणकेनañ·ñā·ṇa·ke·na मुत्तिmut·ti अत्थि,at·thi यञ्चyañ·ca तत्थtat·tha आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपन्नो,ā·pan·no तञ्चtañ·ca यथाधम्मोya·thā·dham·mo कारेतब्बो,kā·re·tab·bo उत्तरिut·ta·ri चस्सcas·sa मोहोmo·ho आरोपेतब्बोā·ro·pe·tab·bo

     Tañce bhikkhuṁ aññe bhikkhū jāneyyuṁ nisinnapubbaṁ iminā bhikkhunā dvattikkhattuṁ pātimokkhe uddissamāne, ko pana vādo bhiyyo, na ca tassa bhikkhuno aññāṇakena mutti atthi, yañca tattha āpattiṁ āpanno, tañca yathādhammo kāretabbo, uttari cassa moho āropetabbo

     If other monks know that that monk has previously sat through at least two or three recitations of the Monastic Code, then that monk is not let off because of ignorance, and he is to be dealt with according to the rule. Further, he should be charged with deception:

475. 475

     “तस्सtas·sa ते,te आवुसो,ā·vu·so अलाभा,a·lā·bhā तस्सtas·sa तेte दुल्लद्धं,dul·lad·dhaṃ यंyaṃ त्वंtvaṃ पातिमोक्खेpā·ti·mok·khe उद्दिस्समानेनud·dis·sa·mā·ne·na साधुकंsā·dhu·kaṃ अट्ठिंaṭ·ṭhiṃ कत्वाkat·vā मनसिma·na·si करोसी”ति,ka·ro·sī

     “tassa te, āvuso, alābhā, tassa te dulladdhaṁ, yaṁ tvaṁ pātimokkhe uddissamānena sādhukaṁ aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasi karosī”ti,

     ‘It’s a loss for you that you don’t pay proper attention during the recitation of the Monastic Code.’

476. 476

     इदंi·daṃ तस्मिंtas·miṃ मोहनकेmo·ha·na·ke पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     idaṁ tasmiṁ mohanake pācittiyaṁ.

     And for the act of deception, he commits an offense entailing confession.

477. 477

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 74। पहारpa·hā·ra

     Pācittiya 74. Pahāra

     Confession 74: hitting in anger

478. 478

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa कुपितोku·pi·to अनत्तमनोa·nat·ta·ma·no पहारंpa·hā·raṃ ददेय्य,da·dey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa kupito anattamano pahāraṁ dadeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk hits a monk in anger, he commits an offense entailing confession.

479. 479

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 75। तलसत्तिकta·la·sat·ti·ka

     Pācittiya 75. Talasattika

     Confession 75: raising a hand in anger

480. 480

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa कुपितोku·pi·to अनत्तमनोa·nat·ta·ma·no तलसत्तिकंta·la·sat·ti·kaṃ उग्गिरेय्य,ug·gi·rey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa kupito anattamano talasattikaṁ uggireyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk raises a hand in anger against a monk, he commits an offense entailing confession.

481. 481

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 76। अमूलकa·mū·la·ka

     Pācittiya 76. Amūlaka

     Confession 76: making a groundless accusation

482. 482

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ अमूलकेनa·mū·la·ke·na सङ्घादिसेसेनsaṅ·ghā·di·se·se·na अनुद्धंसेय्य,a·nud·dhaṃ·sey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṁseyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk groundlessly charges a monk with an offense entailing suspension, he commits an offense entailing confession.

483. 483

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 77। सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca

     Pācittiya 77. Sañcicca

     Confession 77: intentionally making a monk anxious

484. 484

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ उपदहेय्यu·pa·da·hey·ya “इतिस्सi·tis·sa मुहुत्तम्पिmu·hut·tam·pi अफासुa·phā·su भविस्सती”तिbha·vis·sa·tī एतदेवe·ta·de·va पच्चयंpac·ca·yaṃ करित्वाka·rit·vā अनञ्ञं,a·nañ·ñaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa sañcicca kukkuccaṁ upadaheyya “itissa muhuttampi aphāsu bhavissatī”ti etadeva paccayaṁ karitvā anaññaṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk intentionally makes a monk anxious, thinking, ‘In this way he will be ill at ease at least for a moment,’ and he does so only for this reason and no other, he commits an offense entailing confession.

485. 485

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 78। उपस्सुतिu·pas·su·ti

     Pācittiya 78. Upassuti

     Confession 78: eavesdropping

486. 486

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ भण्डनजातानंbhaṇ·ḍa·na·jā·tā·naṃ कलहजातानंka·la·ha·jā·tā·naṃ विवादापन्नानंvi·vā·dā·pan·nā·naṃ उपस्सुतिंu·pas·su·tiṃ तिट्ठेय्यtiṭ·ṭhey·ya “यंyaṃ इमेi·me भणिस्सन्ति,bha·ṇis·san·ti तंtaṃ सोस्सामी”तिsos·sā·mī एतदेवe·ta·de·va पच्चयंpac·ca·yaṃ करित्वाka·rit·vā अनञ्ञं,a·nañ·ñaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ bhaṇḍanajātānaṁ kalahajātānaṁ vivādāpannānaṁ upassutiṁ tiṭṭheyya “yaṁ ime bhaṇissanti, taṁ sossāmī”ti etadeva paccayaṁ karitvā anaññaṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk eavesdrops on monks who are arguing and disputing, thinking, ‘I’ll hear what they say,’ and he does so only for this reason and no other, he commits an offense entailing confession.

487. 487

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 79। कम्मप्पटिबाहनkam·map·pa·ṭi·bā·ha·na

     Pācittiya 79. Kammappaṭibāhana

     Confession 79: criticizing a legitimate legal procedure

488. 488

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu धम्मिकानंdham·mi·kā·naṃ कम्मानंkam·mā·naṃ छन्दंchan·daṃ दत्वाdat·vā पच्छाpac·chā खीयनधम्मंkhī·ya·na·dham·maṃ आपज्जेय्य,ā·paj·jey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu dhammikānaṁ kammānaṁ chandaṁ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṁ āpajjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk gives his consent to legitimate legal procedures, and then criticizes them afterwards, he commits an offense entailing confession.

489. 489

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 80। छन्दंअदत्वागमनchan·daṃ·a·dat·vā·ga·ma·na

     Pācittiya 80. Chandaṁadatvāgamana

     Confession 80: leaving without giving consent

490. 490

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घेsaṅ·ghe विनिच्छयकथायvi·nic·cha·ya·ka·thā·ya वत्तमानायvat·ta·mā·nā·ya छन्दंchan·daṃ अदत्वाa·dat·vā उट्ठायासनाuṭ·ṭhā·yā·sa·nā पक्कमेय्य,pak·ka·mey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghe vinicchayakathāya vattamānāya chandaṁ adatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkameyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     When the Sangha is in the middle of a discussion, if a monk gets up from his seat and leaves without first giving his consent, he commits an offense entailing confession.

491. 491

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 81। दुब्बलdub·ba·la

     Pācittiya 81. Dubbala

     Confession 81: criticizing a robe distribution

492. 492

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu समग्गेनsa·mag·ge·na सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na चीवरंcī·va·raṃ दत्वाdat·vā पच्छाpac·chā खीयनधम्मंkhī·ya·na·dham·maṃ आपज्जेय्यā·paj·jey·ya “यथासन्थुतंya·thā·san·thu·taṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū सङ्घिकंsaṅ·ghi·kaṃ लाभंlā·bhaṃ परिणामेन्ती”ति,pa·ri·ṇā·men·tī पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu samaggena saṅghena cīvaraṁ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṁ āpajjeyya “yathāsanthutaṁ bhikkhū saṅghikaṁ lābhaṁ pariṇāmentī”ti, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk gives out a robe as part of a unanimous Sangha and then criticizes it afterwards, saying, ‘The monks are diverting the Sangha’s material support according to friendship,’ he commits an offense entailing confession.

493. 493

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 82। परिणामनpa·ri·ṇā·ma·na

     Pācittiya 82. Pariṇāmana

     Confession 82: diverting gains intended for the Sangha

494. 494

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu जानंjā·naṃ सङ्घिकंsaṅ·ghi·kaṃ लाभंlā·bhaṃ परिणतंpa·ri·ṇa·taṃ पुग्गलस्सpug·ga·las·sa परिणामेय्य,pa·ri·ṇā·mey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ saṅghikaṁ lābhaṁ pariṇataṁ puggalassa pariṇāmeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk diverts to an individual material support that he knows was intended for the Sangha, he commits an offense entailing confession.

495. 495

     सहधम्मिकवग्गोsa·ha·dham·mi·ka·vag·go अट्ठमोaṭ·ṭha·mo

     Sahadhammikavaggo aṭṭhamo

     The eighth subchapter on legitimate correction is finished.

496. 496

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 9। रतनra·ta·na

     Chapter 9. Ratana

     The subchapter on precious things

497. 497

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 83। अन्तेपुरan·te·pu·ra

     Pācittiya 83. Antepura

     Confession 83: entering a royal compound unannounced

498. 498

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu रञ्ञोrañ·ño खत्तियस्सkhat·ti·yas·sa मुद्धाभिसित्तस्सmud·dhā·bhi·sit·tas·sa अनिक्खन्तराजकेa·nik·khan·ta·rā·ja·ke अनिग्गतरतनकेa·nig·ga·ta·ra·ta·na·ke पुब्बेpub·be अप्पटिसंविदितोap·pa·ṭi·saṃ·vi·di·to इन्दखीलंin·da·khī·laṃ अतिक्कामेय्य,a·tik·kā·mey·ya पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu rañño khattiyassa muddhābhisittassa anikkhantarājake aniggataratanake pubbe appaṭisaṁvidito indakhīlaṁ atikkāmeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk, without first being announced, crosses the threshold to the bedroom of a consecrated aristocrat king, when both the king and the queen are present, he commits an offense entailing confession.

499. 499

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 84। रतनra·ta·na

     Pācittiya 84. Ratana

     Confession 84: picking up precious things

500. 500

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu रतनंra·ta·naṃ वाvā रतनसम्मतंra·ta·na·sam·ma·taṃ वाvā अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra अज्झारामाaj·jhā·rā·mā वाvā अज्झावसथाaj·jhā·va·sa·thā वाvā उग्गण्हेय्यug·gaṇ·hey·ya वाvā उग्गण्हापेय्यug·gaṇ·hā·pey·ya वा,vā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu ratanaṁ vā ratanasammataṁ vā aññatra ajjhārāmā vā ajjhāvasathā vā uggaṇheyya vā uggaṇhāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk picks up something precious or something regarded as precious, or he has it picked up, except within a monastery or inside a lodging, he commits an offense entailing confession.

501. 501

     रतनंra·ta·naṃ वाvā पनpa·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā रतनसम्मतंra·ta·na·sam·ma·taṃ वाvā अज्झारामेaj·jhā·rā·me वाvā अज्झावसथेaj·jhā·va·sa·the वाvā उग्गहेत्वाug·ga·het·vā वाvā उग्गहापेत्वाug·ga·hā·pet·vā वाvā निक्खिपितब्बंnik·khi·pi·tab·baṃ “यस्सyas·sa भविस्सति,bha·vis·sa·ti सोso हरिस्सती”ति,ha·ris·sa·tī अयंa·yaṃ तत्थtat·tha सामीचि।sā·mī·ci

     Ratanaṁ vā pana bhikkhunā ratanasammataṁ vā ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā nikkhipitabbaṁ “yassa bhavissati, so harissatī”ti, ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

     If he picks up something precious or something regarded as precious, or he has it picked up, within a monastery or inside a lodging, he should put it aside with the thought, ‘Whoever owns it will come and get it.’ This is the proper procedure.

502. 502

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 85। विकालगामप्पवेसनvi·kā·la·gā·map·pa·ve·sa·na

     Pācittiya 85. Vikālagāmappavesana

     Confession 85: entering an inhabited area at the wrong time

503. 503

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सन्तंsan·taṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ अनापुच्छाविकालेa·nā·puc·chā·vi·kā·le गामंgā·maṃ पविसेय्यpa·vi·sey·ya अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra तथारूपाta·thā·rū·pā अच्चायिकाac·cā·yi·kā करणीया,ka·ra·ṇī·yā पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu santaṁ bhikkhuṁ anāpucchāvikāle gāmaṁ paviseyya aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyā, pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk, when another monk is available, enters an inhabited area at the wrong time without informing him, except if there is some appropriate urgent business, he commits an offense entailing confession.

504. 504

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 86। सूचिघरsū·ci·gha·ra

     Pācittiya 86. Sūcighara

     Confession 86: making an inappropriate needle case

505. 505

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अट्ठिमयंaṭ·ṭhi·ma·yaṃ वाvā दन्तमयंdan·ta·ma·yaṃ वाvā विसाणमयंvi·sā·ṇa·ma·yaṃ वाvā सूचिघरंsū·ci·gha·raṃ कारापेय्य,kā·rā·pey·ya भेदनकंbhe·da·na·kaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu aṭṭhimayaṁ vā dantamayaṁ vā visāṇamayaṁ vā sūcigharaṁ kārāpeyya, bhedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk has a needle case made from bone, ivory, or horn, it is to be destroyed, and he commits an offense entailing confession.

506. 506

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 87। मञ्चपीठmañ·ca·pī·ṭha

     Pācittiya 87. Mañcapīṭha

     Confession 87: making an inappropriate bed or bench

507. 507

     नवंna·vaṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā मञ्चंmañ·caṃ वाvā पीठंpī·ṭhaṃ वाvā कारयमानेनkā·ra·ya·mā·ne·na अट्ठङ्गुलपादकंaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gu·la·pā·da·kaṃ कारेतब्बंkā·re·tab·baṃ सुगतङ्गुलेनsu·ga·taṅ·gu·le·na अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra हेट्ठिमायheṭ·ṭhi·mā·ya अटनिया।a·ṭa·ni·yā तंtaṃ अतिक्कामयतोa·tik·kā·ma·ya·to छेदनकंche·da·na·kaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Navaṁ pana bhikkhunā mañcaṁ vā pīṭhaṁ vā kārayamānena aṭṭhaṅgulapādakaṁ kāretabbaṁ sugataṅgulena aññatra heṭṭhimāya aṭaniyā. Taṁ atikkāmayato chedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk is having a new bed or bench made, it is to have legs eight standard fingerbreadths long below the lowest frame. If the legs exceed that, they are to be cut down, and he commits an offense entailing confession.

508. 508

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 88। तूलोनद्धtū·lo·nad·dha

     Pācittiya 88. Tūlonaddha

     Confession 88: making an upholstered bed or bench

509. 509

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu मञ्चंmañ·caṃ वाvā पीठंpī·ṭhaṃ वाvā तूलोनद्धंtū·lo·nad·dhaṃ कारापेय्य,kā·rā·pey·ya उद्दालनकंud·dā·la·na·kaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu mañcaṁ vā pīṭhaṁ vā tūlonaddhaṁ kārāpeyya, uddālanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk has a bed or a bench made upholstered with cotton down, it is to be stripped, and he commits an offense entailing confession.

510. 510

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 89। निसीदनni·sī·da·na

     Pācittiya 89. Nisīdana

     Confession 89: making an oversize sitting mat

511. 511

     निसीदनंni·sī·da·naṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā कारयमानेनkā·ra·ya·mā·ne·na पमाणिकंpa·mā·ṇi·kaṃ कारेतब्बं,kā·re·tab·baṃ तत्रिदंtat·ri·daṃ पमाणं,pa·mā·ṇaṃ दीघसोdī·gha·so द्वेdve विदत्थियोvi·dat·thi·yo सुगतविदत्थिया,su·ga·ta·vi·dat·thi·yā तिरियंti·ri·yaṃ दियड्ढं,di·yaḍ·ḍhaṃ दसाda·sā विदत्थि।vi·dat·thi तंtaṃ अतिक्कामयतोa·tik·kā·ma·ya·to छेदनकंche·da·na·kaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Nisīdanaṁ pana bhikkhunā kārayamānena pamāṇikaṁ kāretabbaṁ, tatridaṁ pamāṇaṁ, dīghaso dve vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā, tiriyaṁ diyaḍḍhaṁ, dasā vidatthi. Taṁ atikkāmayato chedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk is having a sitting mat made, it should be made the right size. This is the right size: two standard handspans long and one-and-a-half wide, and a border of one handspan. If it exceeds that, it is to be cut down, and he commits an offense entailing confession.

512. 512

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 90। कण्डुप्पटिच्छादिkaṇ·ḍup·pa·ṭic·chā·di

     Pācittiya 90. Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi

     Confession 90: making an oversize itch cloth

513. 513

     कण्डुप्पटिच्छादिंkaṇ·ḍup·pa·ṭic·chā·diṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā कारयमानेनkā·ra·ya·mā·ne·na पमाणिकाpa·mā·ṇi·kā कारेतब्बा,kā·re·tab·bā तत्रिदंtat·ri·daṃ पमाणं,pa·mā·ṇaṃ दीघसोdī·gha·so चतस्सोca·tas·so विदत्थियोvi·dat·thi·yo सुगतविदत्थिया,su·ga·ta·vi·dat·thi·yā तिरियंti·ri·yaṃ द्वेdve विदत्थियो।vi·dat·thi·yo तंtaṃ अतिक्कामयतोa·tik·kā·ma·ya·to छेदनकंche·da·na·kaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiṁ pana bhikkhunā kārayamānena pamāṇikā kāretabbā, tatridaṁ pamāṇaṁ, dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā, tiriyaṁ dve vidatthiyo. Taṁ atikkāmayato chedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk is having an itch-covering cloth made, it should be made the right size. This is the right size: four standard handspans long and two wide. If it exceeds that, it is to be cut down, and he commits an offense entailing confession.

514. 514

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 91। वस्सिकसाटिकvas·si·ka·sā·ṭi·ka

     Pācittiya 91. Vassikasāṭika

     Confession 91: making an oversize rainy-season robe

515. 515

     वस्सिकसाटिकंvas·si·ka·sā·ṭi·kaṃ पनpa·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā कारयमानेनkā·ra·ya·mā·ne·na पमाणिकाpa·mā·ṇi·kā कारेतब्बा,kā·re·tab·bā तत्रिदंtat·ri·daṃ पमाणं,pa·mā·ṇaṃ दीघसोdī·gha·so छcha विदत्थियोvi·dat·thi·yo सुगतविदत्थिया,su·ga·ta·vi·dat·thi·yā तिरियंti·ri·yaṃ अड्ढतेय्या।aḍ·ḍha·tey·yā तंtaṃ अतिक्कामयतोa·tik·kā·ma·ya·to छेदनकंche·da·na·kaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Vassikasāṭikaṁ pana bhikkhunā kārayamānena pamāṇikā kāretabbā, tatridaṁ pamāṇaṁ, dīghaso cha vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā, tiriyaṁ aḍḍhateyyā. Taṁ atikkāmayato chedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk is having a rainy-season robe made, it should be made the right size. This is the right size: six standard handspans long and two-and-a-half wide. If it exceeds that, it is to be cut down, and he commits an offense entailing confession.

516. 516

     पाचित्तियpā·cit·ti·ya 92। नन्दnan·da

     Pācittiya 92. Nanda

     Confession 92: making an oversize robe

517. 517

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सुगतचीवरप्पमाणंsu·ga·ta·cī·va·rap·pa·mā·ṇaṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ कारापेय्य,kā·rā·pey·ya अतिरेकंa·ti·re·kaṃ वा,vā छेदनकंche·da·na·kaṃ पाचित्तियं।pā·cit·ti·yaṃ

     Yo pana bhikkhu sugatacīvarappamāṇaṁ cīvaraṁ kārāpeyya, atirekaṁ vā, chedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

     If a monk has a robe made that is the standard robe size or larger, it is to be cut down, and he commits an offense entailing confession.

518. 518

     तत्रिदंtat·ri·daṃ सुगतस्सsu·ga·tas·sa सुगतचीवरप्पमाणं,su·ga·ta·cī·va·rap·pa·mā·ṇaṃ दीघसोdī·gha·so नवna·va विदत्थियोvi·dat·thi·yo सुगतविदत्थिया,su·ga·ta·vi·dat·thi·yā तिरियंti·ri·yaṃ छcha विदत्थियो,vi·dat·thi·yo इदंi·daṃ सुगतस्सsu·ga·tas·sa सुगतचीवरपमाणन्ति।su·ga·ta·cī·va·ra·pa·mā·ṇan·ti

     Tatridaṁ sugatassa sugatacīvarappamāṇaṁ, dīghaso nava vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā, tiriyaṁ cha vidatthiyo, idaṁ sugatassa sugatacīvarapamāṇanti.

     This is the standard robe size: nine standard handspans long and six wide.

519. 519

     रतनवग्गोra·ta·na·vag·go नवमोna·va·mo

     Ratanavaggo navamo

     The ninth subchapter on precious things is finished.

520. 520

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खोkho आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to द्वेनवुतिdve·na·vu·ti पाचित्तियाpā·cit·ti·yā धम्मा।dham·mā

     Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto dvenavuti pācittiyā dhammā.

     Venerables, the ninety-two rules on confession have been recited.

521. 521

     तत्थायस्मन्तेtat·thā·yas·man·te पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     Tatthāyasmante pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

522. 522

     दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

523. 523

     ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

524. 524

     परिसुद्धेत्थायस्मन्तो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thā·yas·man·to तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

     parisuddhetthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

     You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

525. 525

     पाचित्तियाpā·cit·ti·yā निट्ठिताniṭ·ṭhi·tā

     Pācittiyā niṭṭhitā

     The chapter on offenses entailing confession is finished.

526. 526

     पाटिदेसनीयpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya

     Pāṭidesanīya

     The rules on acknowledgement

527. 527

     इमेi·me खोkho पनायस्मन्तोpa·nā·yas·man·to चत्तारोcat·tā·ro पाटिदेसनीयाpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yā धम्माdham·mā उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छन्ति।ā·gac·chan·ti

     Ime kho panāyasmanto cattāro pāṭidesanīyā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.

     Venerables, these four rules on acknowledgment come up for recitation.

528. 528

     पाटिदेसनीयpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya 1। पठमपाटिदेसनीयpa·ṭha·ma·pā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya

     Pāṭidesanīya 1. Paṭhamapāṭidesanīya

     Acknowledgement 1: receiving a nun’s food

529. 529

     योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञातिकायañ·ñā·ti·kā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā अन्तरघरंan·ta·ra·gha·raṃ पविट्ठायpa·viṭ·ṭhā·ya हत्थतोhat·tha·to खादनीयंkhā·da·nī·yaṃ वाvā भोजनीयंbho·ja·nī·yaṃ वाvā सहत्थाsa·hat·thā पटिग्गहेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·het·vā खादेय्यkhā·dey·ya वाvā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya वा,vā पटिदेसेतब्बंpa·ṭi·de·se·tab·baṃ तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā

     Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā antaragharaṁ paviṭṭhāya hatthato khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ vā sahatthā paṭiggahetvā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, paṭidesetabbaṁ tena bhikkhunā

     If a monk receives fresh or cooked food directly from an unrelated nun who has entered an inhabited area, and then eats it, he must acknowledge it:

530. 530

     “गारय्हं,gā·ray·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so धम्मंdham·maṃ आपज्जिंā·paj·jiṃ असप्पायंa·sap·pā·yaṃ पाटिदेसनीयं,pā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yaṃ तंtaṃ पटिदेसेमी”ति।pa·ṭi·de·se·mī

     “gārayhaṁ, āvuso, dhammaṁ āpajjiṁ asappāyaṁ pāṭidesanīyaṁ, taṁ paṭidesemī”ti.

     ‘I have done a blameworthy and unsuitable thing that is to be acknowledged. I acknowledge it.’

531. 531

     पाटिदेसनीयpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya 2। दुतियपाटिदेसनीयdu·ti·ya·pā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya

     Pāṭidesanīya 2. Dutiyapāṭidesanīya

     Acknowledgement 2: letting a nun give directions to donors

532. 532

     भिक्खूbhik·khū पनेवpa·ne·va कुलेसुku·le·su निमन्तिताni·man·ti·tā भुञ्जन्ति,bhuñ·jan·ti तत्रtat·ra चेce साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī वोसासमानरूपाvo·sā·sa·mā·na·rū·pā ठिताṭhi·tā होतिho·ti “इधi·dha सूपंsū·paṃ देथ,de·tha इधi·dha ओदनंo·da·naṃ देथा”ति।de·thā तेहिte·hi भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अपसादेतब्बाa·pa·sā·de·tab·bā “अपसक्कa·pa·sak·ka तावtā·va भगिनि,bha·gi·ni यावyā·va भिक्खूbhik·khū भुञ्जन्ती”ति।bhuñ·jan·tī एकस्सपिe·kas·sa·pi चेce भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no नna पटिभासेय्यpa·ṭi·bhā·sey·ya तंtaṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ अपसादेतुंa·pa·sā·de·tuṃ “अपसक्कa·pa·sak·ka तावtā·va भगिनि,bha·gi·ni यावyā·va भिक्खूbhik·khū भुञ्जन्ती”ति,bhuñ·jan·tī पटिदेसेतब्बंpa·ṭi·de·se·tab·baṃ तेहिte·hi भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi

     Bhikkhū paneva kulesu nimantitā bhuñjanti, tatra ce sā bhikkhunī vosāsamānarūpā ṭhitā hoti “idha sūpaṁ detha, idha odanaṁ dethā”ti. Tehi bhikkhūhi sā bhikkhunī apasādetabbā “apasakka tāva bhagini, yāva bhikkhū bhuñjantī”ti. Ekassapi ce bhikkhuno na paṭibhāseyya taṁ bhikkhuniṁ apasādetuṁ “apasakka tāva bhagini, yāva bhikkhū bhuñjantī”ti, paṭidesetabbaṁ tehi bhikkhūhi

     When monks eat by invitation to families, if a nun is there giving directions, saying, ‘Give bean curry here; give rice there,’ then those monks should stop her: ‘Stop, sister, while the monks are eating.’ If not even a single monk addresses that nun in this way to stop her, they must acknowledge it:

533. 533

     “गारय्हं,gā·ray·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so धम्मंdham·maṃ आपज्जिम्हाā·paj·jim·hā असप्पायंa·sap·pā·yaṃ पाटिदेसनीयं,pā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yaṃ तंtaṃ पटिदेसेमा”ति।pa·ṭi·de·se·mā

     “gārayhaṁ, āvuso, dhammaṁ āpajjimhā asappāyaṁ pāṭidesanīyaṁ, taṁ paṭidesemā”ti.

     ‘We have done a blameworthy and unsuitable thing which is to be acknowledged. We acknowledge it.’

534. 534

     पाटिदेसनीयpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya 3। ततियपाटिदेसनीयta·ti·ya·pā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya

     Pāṭidesanīya 3. Tatiyapāṭidesanīya

     Acknowledgement 3: receiving food from a designated family

535. 535

     यानिyā·ni खोkho पनpa·na तानिtā·ni सेक्खसम्मतानिsek·kha·sam·ma·tā·ni कुलानि,ku·lā·ni योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu तथारूपेसुta·thā·rū·pe·su सेक्खसम्मतेसुsek·kha·sam·ma·te·su कुलेसुku·le·su पुब्बेpub·be अनिमन्तितोa·ni·man·ti·to अगिलानोa·gi·lā·no खादनीयंkhā·da·nī·yaṃ वा,vā भोजनीयंbho·ja·nī·yaṃ वाvā सहत्थाsa·hat·thā पटिग्गहेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·het·vā खादेय्यkhā·dey·ya वा,vā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya वा,vā पटिदेसेतब्बंpa·ṭi·de·se·tab·baṃ तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā

     Yāni kho pana tāni sekkhasammatāni kulāni, yo pana bhikkhu tathārūpesu sekkhasammatesu kulesu pubbe animantito agilāno khādanīyaṁ vā, bhojanīyaṁ vā sahatthā paṭiggahetvā khādeyya vā, bhuñjeyya vā, paṭidesetabbaṁ tena bhikkhunā

     There are families that are designated as ‘in training’. If a monk, without being sick and without first being invited, eats fresh or cooked food after personally receiving it from such a family, he must acknowledge it:

536. 536

     “गारय्हं,gā·ray·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so धम्मंdham·maṃ आपज्जिंā·paj·jiṃ असप्पायंa·sap·pā·yaṃ पाटिदेसनीयं,pā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yaṃ तंtaṃ पटिदेसेमी”ति।pa·ṭi·de·se·mī

     “gārayhaṁ, āvuso, dhammaṁ āpajjiṁ asappāyaṁ pāṭidesanīyaṁ, taṁ paṭidesemī”ti.

     ‘I have done a blameworthy and unsuitable thing that is to be acknowledged. I acknowledge it.’

537. 537

     पाटिदेसनीयpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya 4। चतुत्थपाटिदेसनीयca·tut·tha·pā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ya

     Pāṭidesanīya 4. Catutthapāṭidesanīya

     Acknowledgement 4: receiving food in a dangerous place

538. 538

     यानिyā·ni खोkho पनpa·na तानिtā·ni आरञ्ञकानिā·rañ·ña·kā·ni सेनासनानिse·nā·sa·nā·ni सासङ्कसम्मतानिsā·saṅ·ka·sam·ma·tā·ni सप्पटिभयानि,sap·pa·ṭi·bha·yā·ni योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu तथारूपेसुta·thā·rū·pe·su सेनासनेसुse·nā·sa·ne·su पुब्बेpub·be अप्पटिसंविदितंap·pa·ṭi·saṃ·vi·di·taṃ खादनीयंkhā·da·nī·yaṃ वा,vā भोजनीयंbho·ja·nī·yaṃ वाvā अज्झारामेaj·jhā·rā·me सहत्थाsa·hat·thā पटिग्गहेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·het·vā अगिलानोa·gi·lā·no खादेय्यkhā·dey·ya वा,vā भुञ्जेय्यbhuñ·jey·ya वा,vā पटिदेसेतब्बंpa·ṭi·de·se·tab·baṃ तेनte·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā

     Yāni kho pana tāni āraññakāni senāsanāni sāsaṅkasammatāni sappaṭibhayāni, yo pana bhikkhu tathārūpesu senāsanesu pubbe appaṭisaṁviditaṁ khādanīyaṁ vā, bhojanīyaṁ vā ajjhārāme sahatthā paṭiggahetvā agilāno khādeyya vā, bhuñjeyya vā, paṭidesetabbaṁ tena bhikkhunā

     There are wilderness dwellings that are considered risky and dangerous. If a monk who is not sick, without first making an announcement about those dwellings, eats fresh or cooked food after personally receiving it inside that monastery, he must acknowledge it:

539. 539

     “गारय्हं,gā·ray·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so धम्मंdham·maṃ आपज्जिंā·paj·jiṃ असप्पायंa·sap·pā·yaṃ पाटिदेसनीयं,pā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yaṃ तंtaṃ पटिदेसेमी”ति।pa·ṭi·de·se·mī

     “gārayhaṁ, āvuso, dhammaṁ āpajjiṁ asappāyaṁ pāṭidesanīyaṁ, taṁ paṭidesemī”ti.

     ‘I have done a blameworthy and unsuitable thing that is to be acknowledged. I acknowledge it.’

540. 540

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खोkho आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to चत्तारोcat·tā·ro पाटिदेसनीयाpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yā धम्मा।dham·mā

     Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto cattāro pāṭidesanīyā dhammā.

     Venerables, the four rules on acknowledgment have been recited.

541. 541

     तत्थायस्मन्तेtat·thā·yas·man·te पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     Tatthāyasmante pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

542. 542

     दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

543. 543

     ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

544. 544

     परिसुद्धेत्थायस्मन्तो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thā·yas·man·to तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

     parisuddhetthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

     You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

545. 545

     पाटिदेसनीयाpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yā निट्ठिताniṭ·ṭhi·tā

     Pāṭidesanīyā niṭṭhitā

     The chapter on offenses entailing acknowledgment is finished.

546. 546

     सेखियse·khi·ya

     Sekhiya

     The rules of training

547. 547

     इमेi·me खोkho पनायस्मन्तोpa·nā·yas·man·to सेखियाse·khi·yā धम्माdham·mā उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छन्ति।ā·gac·chan·ti

     Ime kho panāyasmanto sekhiyā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.

     Venerables, these rules of training come up for recitation.

548. 548

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 1। परिमण्डलpa·ri·maṇ·ḍa·la

     Chapter 1. Parimaṇḍala

     Chapter 1: evenly all around

549. 549

     सेखियse·khi·ya 1। परिमण्डलpa·ri·maṇ·ḍa·la

     Sekhiya 1. Parimaṇḍala

     Training 1: not wearing the sarong evenly all around

550. 550

     परिमण्डलंpa·ri·maṇ·ḍa·laṃ निवासेस्सामीतिni·vā·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Parimaṇḍalaṁ nivāsessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will wear my sarong evenly all around,’ this is how you should train.

551. 551

     सेखियse·khi·ya 2।

     Sekhiya 2.

     Training 2: not wearing the upper robe evenly all around

552. 552

     परिमण्डलंpa·ri·maṇ·ḍa·laṃ पारुपिस्सामीतिpā·ru·pis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Parimaṇḍalaṁ pārupissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will wear my upper robe evenly all around,’ this is how you should train.

553. 553

     सेखियse·khi·ya 3। सुप्पटिच्छन्नsup·pa·ṭic·chan·na

     Sekhiya 3. Suppaṭicchanna

     Training 3: not being well-covered

554. 554

     सुप्पटिच्छन्नोsup·pa·ṭic·chan·no अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Suppaṭicchanno antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will be well-covered while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

555. 555

     सेखियse·khi·ya 4।

     Sekhiya 4.

     Training 4: not being well-covered

556. 556

     सुप्पटिच्छन्नोsup·pa·ṭic·chan·no अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Suppaṭicchanno antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will be well-covered while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

557. 557

     सेखियse·khi·ya 5। सुसंवुतsu·saṃ·vu·ta

     Sekhiya 5. Susaṁvuta

     Training 5: being unrestrained

558. 558

     सुसंवुतोsu·saṃ·vu·to अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Susaṁvuto antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will be well-restrained while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

559. 559

     सेखियse·khi·ya 6।

     Sekhiya 6.

     Training 6: being unrestrained

560. 560

     सुसंवुतोsu·saṃ·vu·to अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Susaṁvuto antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will be well-restrained while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

561. 561

     सेखियse·khi·ya 7। ओक्खित्तचक्खुok·khit·ta·cak·khu

     Sekhiya 7. Okkhittacakkhu

     Training 7: not lowering the eyes

562. 562

     ओक्खित्तचक्खुok·khit·ta·cak·khu अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Okkhittacakkhu antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will lower my eyes while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

563. 563

     सेखियse·khi·ya 8।

     Sekhiya 8.

     Training 8: not lowering the eyes

564. 564

     ओक्खित्तचक्खुok·khit·ta·cak·khu अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Okkhittacakkhu antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will lower my eyes while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

565. 565

     सेखियse·khi·ya 9। उक्खित्तकuk·khit·ta·ka

     Sekhiya 9. Ukkhittaka

     Training 9: lifting the robes

566. 566

     नna उक्खित्तकायuk·khit·ta·kā·ya अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ukkhittakāya antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not lift my robe while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

567. 567

     सेखियse·khi·ya 10।

     Sekhiya 10.

     Training 10: lifting the robes

568. 568

     नna उक्खित्तकायuk·khit·ta·kā·ya अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ukkhittakāya antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not lift my robe while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

569. 569

     परिमण्डलवग्गोpa·ri·maṇ·ḍa·la·vag·go पठमोpa·ṭha·mo

     Parimaṇḍalavaggo paṭhamo

     The first subchapter on evenly all around is finished.

570. 570

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 2। उज्जग्घिकuj·jag·ghi·ka

     Chapter 2. Ujjagghika

     Chapter 2: laughing loudly

571. 571

     सेखियse·khi·ya 11। उज्जग्घिकuj·jag·ghi·ka

     Sekhiya 11. Ujjagghika

     Training 11: laughing loudly

572. 572

     नna उज्जग्घिकायuj·jag·ghi·kā·ya अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ujjagghikāya antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not laugh loudly while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

573. 573

     सेखियse·khi·ya 12।

     Sekhiya 12.

     Training 12: laughing loudly

574. 574

     नna उज्जग्घिकायuj·jag·ghi·kā·ya अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ujjagghikāya antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not laugh loudly while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

575. 575

     सेखियse·khi·ya 13। उच्चसद्दuc·ca·sad·da

     Sekhiya 13. Uccasadda

     Training 13: being noisy

576. 576

     अप्पसद्दोap·pa·sad·do अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Appasaddo antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not be noisy while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

577. 577

     सेखियse·khi·ya 14।

     Sekhiya 14.

     Training 14: being noisy

578. 578

     अप्पसद्दोap·pa·sad·do अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Appasaddo antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not be noisy while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

579. 579

     सेखियse·khi·ya 15। कायप्पचालकkā·yap·pa·cā·la·ka

     Sekhiya 15. Kāyappacālaka

     Training 15: swaying the body

580. 580

     नna कायप्पचालकंkā·yap·pa·cā·la·kaṃ अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na kāyappacālakaṁ antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not sway my body while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

581. 581

     सेखियse·khi·ya 16।

     Sekhiya 16.

     Training 16: swaying the body

582. 582

     नna कायप्पचालकंkā·yap·pa·cā·la·kaṃ अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na kāyappacālakaṁ antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not sway my body while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

583. 583

     सेखियse·khi·ya 17। बाहुप्पचालकbā·hup·pa·cā·la·ka

     Sekhiya 17. Bāhuppacālaka

     Training 17: swinging the arms

584. 584

     नna बाहुप्पचालकंbā·hup·pa·cā·la·kaṃ अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na bāhuppacālakaṁ antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not swing my arms while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

585. 585

     सेखियse·khi·ya 18।

     Sekhiya 18.

     Training 18: swinging the arms

586. 586

     नna बाहुप्पचालकंbā·hup·pa·cā·la·kaṃ अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na bāhuppacālakaṁ antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not swing my arms while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

587. 587

     सेखियse·khi·ya 19। सीसप्पचालकsī·sap·pa·cā·la·ka

     Sekhiya 19. Sīsappacālaka

     Training 19: swaying the head

588. 588

     नna सीसप्पचालकंsī·sap·pa·cā·la·kaṃ अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sīsappacālakaṁ antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not sway my head while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

589. 589

     सेखियse·khi·ya 20।

     Sekhiya 20.

     Training 20: swaying the head

590. 590

     नna सीसप्पचालकंsī·sap·pa·cā·la·kaṃ अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sīsappacālakaṁ antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not sway my head while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train

591. 591

     उज्जग्घिकवग्गोuj·jag·ghi·ka·vag·go दुतियोdu·ti·yo

     Ujjagghikavaggo dutiyo

     The second subchapter on laughing loudly is finished.

592. 592

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 3। खम्भकतkham·bha·ka·ta

     Chapter 3. Khambhakata

     Chapter 3: hands on hips

593. 593

     सेखियse·khi·ya 21। खम्भकतkham·bha·ka·ta

     Sekhiya 21. Khambhakata

     Training 21: hands on hips

594. 594

     नna खम्भकतोkham·bha·ka·to अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na khambhakato antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not put my hands on my hips while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

595. 595

     सेखियse·khi·ya 22।

     Sekhiya 22.

     Training 22: hands on hips

596. 596

     नna खम्भकतोkham·bha·ka·to अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na khambhakato antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not put my hands on my hips while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

597. 597

     सेखियse·khi·ya 23। ओगुण्ठितo·guṇ·ṭhi·ta

     Sekhiya 23. Oguṇṭhita

     Training 23: covering the head

598. 598

     नna ओगुण्ठितोo·guṇ·ṭhi·to अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na oguṇṭhito antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not cover my head while walking in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

599. 599

     सेखियse·khi·ya 24।

     Sekhiya 24.

     Training 24: covering the head

600. 600

     नna ओगुण्ठितोo·guṇ·ṭhi·to अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na oguṇṭhito antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not cover my head while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

601. 601

     सेखियse·khi·ya 25। उक्कुटिकuk·ku·ṭi·ka

     Sekhiya 25. Ukkuṭika

     Training 25: squatting on the heels

602. 602

     नna उक्कुटिकायuk·ku·ṭi·kā·ya अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re गमिस्सामीतिga·mis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ukkuṭikāya antaraghare gamissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not move about while squatting on my heels in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

603. 603

     सेखियse·khi·ya 26। पल्लत्थिकpal·lat·thi·ka

     Sekhiya 26. Pallatthika

     Training 26: clasping the knees

604. 604

     नna पल्लत्थिकायpal·lat·thi·kā·ya अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re निसीदिस्सामीतिni·sī·dis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na pallatthikāya antaraghare nisīdissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not clasp my knees while sitting in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

605. 605

     सेखियse·khi·ya 27। सक्कच्चपटिग्गहणsak·kac·ca·pa·ṭig·ga·ha·ṇa

     Sekhiya 27. Sakkaccapaṭiggahaṇa

     Training 27: not receiving respectfully

606. 606

     सक्कच्चंsak·kac·caṃ पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ पटिग्गहेस्सामीतिpa·ṭig·ga·hes·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Sakkaccaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paṭiggahessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will receive almsfood respectfully,’ this is how you should train.

607. 607

     सेखियse·khi·ya 28। पत्तसञ्ञीपटिग्गहणpat·ta·sañ·ñī·pa·ṭig·ga·ha·ṇa

     Sekhiya 28. Pattasaññīpaṭiggahaṇa

     Training 28: not receiving with attention on the almsbowl

608. 608

     पत्तसञ्ञीpat·ta·sañ·ñī पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ पटिग्गहेस्सामीतिpa·ṭig·ga·hes·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Pattasaññī piṇḍapātaṁ paṭiggahessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will receive almsfood with attention on the almsbowl,’ this is how you should train.

609. 609

     सेखियse·khi·ya 29। समसूपकपटिग्गहणsa·ma·sū·pa·ka·pa·ṭig·ga·ha·ṇa

     Sekhiya 29. Samasūpakapaṭiggahaṇa

     Training 29: not receiving in the right proportions

610. 610

     समसूपकंsa·ma·sū·pa·kaṃ पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ पटिग्गहेस्सामीतिpa·ṭig·ga·hes·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Samasūpakaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paṭiggahessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will receive almsfood with the right proportion of bean curry,’ this is how you should train.

611. 611

     सेखियse·khi·ya 30। समतित्तिकsa·ma·tit·ti·ka

     Sekhiya 30. Samatittika

     Training 30: not receiving on an even level

612. 612

     समतित्तिकंsa·ma·tit·ti·kaṃ पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ पटिग्गहेस्सामीतिpa·ṭig·ga·hes·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Samatittikaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paṭiggahessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will receive an even level of almsfood,’ this is how you should train.

613. 613

     खम्भकतवग्गोkham·bha·ka·ta·vag·go ततियोta·ti·yo

     Khambhakatavaggo tatiyo

     The third subchapter on hands on hips is finished.

614. 614

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 4। सक्कच्चsak·kac·ca

     Chapter 4. Sakkacca

     Chapter 4: respectfully

615. 615

     सेखियse·khi·ya 31। सक्कच्चभुञ्जनsak·kac·ca·bhuñ·ja·na

     Sekhiya 31. Sakkaccabhuñjana

     Training 31: not eating respectfully

616. 616

     सक्कच्चंsak·kac·caṃ पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Sakkaccaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will eat almsfood respectfully,’ this is how you should train.

617. 617

     सेखियse·khi·ya 32। पत्तसञ्ञीभुञ्जनpat·ta·sañ·ñī·bhuñ·ja·na

     Sekhiya 32. Pattasaññībhuñjana

     Training 32: not eating with attention on the almsbowl

618. 618

     पत्तसञ्ञीpat·ta·sañ·ñī पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Pattasaññī piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will eat almsfood with attention on the almsbowl,’ this is how you should train.

619. 619

     सेखियse·khi·ya 33। सपदानsa·pa·dā·na

     Sekhiya 33. Sapadāna

     Training 33: not eating in order

620. 620

     सपदानंsa·pa·dā·naṃ पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Sapadānaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will eat almsfood in order,’ this is how you should train.

621. 621

     सेखियse·khi·ya 34। समसूपकsa·ma·sū·pa·ka

     Sekhiya 34. Samasūpaka

     Training 34: not eating in the right proportions

622. 622

     समसूपकंsa·ma·sū·pa·kaṃ पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Samasūpakaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will eat almsfood with the right proportion of bean curry,’ this is how you should train.

623. 623

     सेखियse·khi·ya 35। नथूपकतna·thū·pa·ka·ta

     Sekhiya 35. Nathūpakata

     Training 35: making food into a heap

624. 624

     नna थूपकतोthū·pa·ka·to ओमद्दित्वाo·mad·dit·vā पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na thūpakato omadditvā piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not eat almsfood after making a heap,’ this is how you should train.

625. 625

     सेखियse·khi·ya 36। ओदनप्पटिच्छादनo·da·nap·pa·ṭic·chā·da·na

     Sekhiya 36. Odanappaṭicchādana

     Training 36: covering with rice

626. 626

     नna सूपंsū·paṃ वाvā ब्यञ्जनंbyañ·ja·naṃ वाvā ओदनेनo·da·ne·na पटिच्छादेस्सामिpa·ṭic·chā·des·sā·mi भिय्योकम्यतंbhiy·yo·kam·ya·taṃ उपादायातिu·pā·dā·yā·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sūpaṁ vā byañjanaṁ vā odanena paṭicchādessāmi bhiyyokamyataṁ upādāyāti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not cover my curries with rice because I want more,’ this is how you should train.

627. 627

     सेखियse·khi·ya 37। सूपोदनविञ्ञत्तिsū·po·da·na·viñ·ñat·ti

     Sekhiya 37. Sūpodanaviññatti

     Training 37: requesting rice and bean curry

628. 628

     नna सूपंsū·paṃ वाvā ओदनंo·da·naṃ वाvā अगिलानोa·gi·lā·no अत्तनोat·ta·no अत्थायat·thā·ya विञ्ञापेत्वाviñ·ñā·pet·vā भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sūpaṁ vā odanaṁ vā agilāno attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘When not sick, I will not request bean curry or rice for myself and then eat it,’ this is how you should train.

629. 629

     सेखियse·khi·ya 38। उज्झानसञ्ञीuj·jhā·na·sañ·ñī

     Sekhiya 38. Ujjhānasaññī

     Training 38: finding fault

630. 630

     नna उज्झानसञ्ञीuj·jhā·na·sañ·ñī परेसंpa·re·saṃ पत्तंpat·taṃ ओलोकेस्सामीतिo·lo·kes·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ujjhānasaññī paresaṁ pattaṁ olokessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not look at another’s almsbowl finding fault,’ this is how you should train.

631. 631

     सेखियse·khi·ya 39। कबळka·ba·ḷa

     Sekhiya 39. Kabaḷa

     Training 39: making an overlarge mouthful

632. 632

     नातिमहन्तंnā·ti·ma·han·taṃ कबळंka·ba·ḷaṃ करिस्सामीतिka·ris·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Nātimahantaṁ kabaḷaṁ karissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not make mouthfuls that are too large,’ this is how you should train.

633. 633

     सेखियse·khi·ya 40। आलोपā·lo·pa

     Sekhiya 40. Ālopa

     Training 40: not making rounded mouthfuls

634. 634

     परिमण्डलंpa·ri·maṇ·ḍa·laṃ आलोपंā·lo·paṃ करिस्सामीतिka·ris·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Parimaṇḍalaṁ ālopaṁ karissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will make rounded mouthfuls,’ this is how you should train.

635. 635

     सक्कच्चवग्गोsak·kac·ca·vag·go चतुत्थोca·tut·tho

     Sakkaccavaggo catuttho

     The fourth subchapter on respectfully is finished.

636. 636

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 5। कबळka·ba·ḷa

     Chapter 5. Kabaḷa

     Chapter 5: mouthfuls

637. 637

     सेखियse·khi·ya 41। अनाहटa·nā·ha·ṭa

     Sekhiya 41. Anāhaṭa

     Training 41: opening the mouth

638. 638

     नna अनाहटेa·nā·ha·ṭe कबळेka·ba·ḷe मुखद्वारंmu·khad·vā·raṃ विवरिस्सामीतिvi·va·ris·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na anāhaṭe kabaḷe mukhadvāraṁ vivarissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not open my mouth without bringing a mouthful to it,’ this is how you should train.

639. 639

     सेखियse·khi·ya 42। भुञ्जमानbhuñ·ja·mā·na

     Sekhiya 42. Bhuñjamāna

     Training 42: putting whole hand in mouth

640. 640

     नna भुञ्जमानोbhuñ·ja·mā·no सब्बहत्थंsab·ba·hat·thaṃ मुखेmu·khe पक्खिपिस्सामीतिpak·khi·pis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na bhuñjamāno sabbahatthaṁ mukhe pakkhipissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not put my whole hand in my mouth while eating,’ this is how you should train.

641. 641

     सेखियse·khi·ya 43। सकबळsa·ka·ba·ḷa

     Sekhiya 43. Sakabaḷa

     Training 43: speaking with food in mouth

642. 642

     नna सकबळेनsa·ka·ba·ḷe·na मुखेनmu·khe·na ब्याहरिस्सामीतिbyā·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sakabaḷena mukhena byāharissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not speak with food in my mouth,’ this is how you should train.

643. 643

     सेखियse·khi·ya 44। पिण्डुक्खेपकpiṇ·ḍuk·khe·pa·ka

     Sekhiya 44. Piṇḍukkhepaka

     Training 44: eating from lifted mouthfuls

644. 644

     नna पिण्डुक्खेपकंpiṇ·ḍuk·khe·pa·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na piṇḍukkhepakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not eat from a lifted ball of food,’ this is how you should train.

645. 645

     सेखियse·khi·ya 45। कबळावच्छेदकka·ba·ḷā·vac·che·da·ka

     Sekhiya 45. Kabaḷāvacchedaka

     Training 45: breaking up mouthfuls

646. 646

     नna कबळावच्छेदकंka·ba·ḷā·vac·che·da·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na kabaḷāvacchedakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not eat breaking up mouthfuls,’ this is how you should train.

647. 647

     सेखियse·khi·ya 46। अवगण्डकारकa·va·gaṇ·ḍa·kā·ra·ka

     Sekhiya 46. Avagaṇḍakāraka

     Training 46: stuffing the cheeks

648. 648

     नna अवगण्डकारकंa·va·gaṇ·ḍa·kā·ra·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na avagaṇḍakārakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not eat stuffing my cheeks,’ this is how you should train.

649. 649

     सेखियse·khi·ya 47। हत्थनिद्धुनकhat·tha·nid·dhu·na·ka

     Sekhiya 47. Hatthaniddhunaka

     Training 47: shaking the hand

650. 650

     नna हत्थनिद्धुनकंhat·tha·nid·dhu·na·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na hatthaniddhunakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not eat shaking my hand,’ this is how you should train.

651. 651

     सेखियse·khi·ya 48। सित्थावकारकsit·thā·va·kā·ra·ka

     Sekhiya 48. Sitthāvakāraka

     Training 48: scattering rice

652. 652

     नna सित्थावकारकंsit·thā·va·kā·ra·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sitthāvakārakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not eat scattering rice,’ this is how you should train.

653. 653

     सेखियse·khi·ya 49। जिव्हानिच्छारकjiv·hā·nic·chā·ra·ka

     Sekhiya 49. Jivhānicchāraka

     Training 49: sticking out the tongue

654. 654

     नna जिव्हानिच्छारकंjiv·hā·nic·chā·ra·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na jivhānicchārakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not eat sticking out my tongue,’ this is how you should train.

655. 655

     सेखियse·khi·ya 50। चपुचपुकारकca·pu·ca·pu·kā·ra·ka

     Sekhiya 50. Capucapukāraka

     Training 50: chomping

656. 656

     नna चपुचपुकारकंca·pu·ca·pu·kā·ra·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na capucapukārakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not make a chomping sound while eating,’ this is how you should train.

657. 657

     कबळवग्गोka·ba·ḷa·vag·go पञ्चमोpañ·ca·mo

     Kabaḷavaggo pañcamo

     The fifth subchapter on mouthfuls is finished.

658. 658

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 6। सुरुसुरुsu·ru·su·ru

     Chapter 6. Surusuru

     Chapter 6: slurping

659. 659

     सेखियse·khi·ya 51। सुरुसुरुकारकsu·ru·su·ru·kā·ra·ka

     Sekhiya 51. Surusurukāraka

     Training 51: slurping

660. 660

     नna सुरुसुरुकारकंsu·ru·su·ru·kā·ra·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na surusurukārakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not slurp while eating,’ this is how you should train.

661. 661

     सेखियse·khi·ya 52। हत्थनिल्लेहकhat·tha·nil·le·ha·ka

     Sekhiya 52. Hatthanillehaka

     Training 52: licking the hand

662. 662

     नna हत्थनिल्लेहकंhat·tha·nil·le·ha·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na hatthanillehakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not lick my hand while eating,’ this is how you should train.

663. 663

     सेखियse·khi·ya 53। पत्तनिल्लेहकpat·ta·nil·le·ha·ka

     Sekhiya 53. Pattanillehaka

     Training 53: licking the almsbowl

664. 664

     नna पत्तनिल्लेहकंpat·ta·nil·le·ha·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na pattanillehakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not lick my almsbowl while eating,’ this is how you should train.

665. 665

     सेखियse·khi·ya 54। ओट्ठनिल्लेहकoṭ·ṭha·nil·le·ha·ka

     Sekhiya 54. Oṭṭhanillehaka

     Training 54: licking the lips

666. 666

     नna ओट्ठनिल्लेहकंoṭ·ṭha·nil·le·ha·kaṃ भुञ्जिस्सामीतिbhuñ·jis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na oṭṭhanillehakaṁ bhuñjissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not lick my lips while eating,’ this is how you should train.

667. 667

     सेखियse·khi·ya 55। सामिसsā·mi·sa

     Sekhiya 55. Sāmisa

     Training 55: receiving with soiled hand

668. 668

     नna सामिसेनsā·mi·se·na हत्थेनhat·the·na पानीयथालकंpā·nī·ya·thā·la·kaṃ पटिग्गहेस्सामीतिpa·ṭig·ga·hes·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sāmisena hatthena pānīyathālakaṁ paṭiggahessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not receive the drinking-water vessel with a hand soiled with food,’ this is how you should train.

669. 669

     सेखियse·khi·ya 56। ससित्थकsa·sit·tha·ka

     Sekhiya 56. Sasitthaka

     Training 56: discarding waste water with rice

670. 670

     नna ससित्थकंsa·sit·tha·kaṃ पत्तधोवनंpat·ta·dho·va·naṃ अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re छड्डेस्सामीतिchaḍ·ḍes·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sasitthakaṁ pattadhovanaṁ antaraghare chaḍḍessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not discard bowl-washing water containing rice in inhabited areas,’ this is how you should train.

671. 671

     सेखियse·khi·ya 57। छत्तपाणिchat·ta·pā·ṇi

     Sekhiya 57. Chattapāṇi

     Training 57: holding a sunshade

672. 672

     नna छत्तपाणिस्सchat·ta·pā·ṇis·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na chattapāṇissa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone holding a sunshade who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

673. 673

     सेखियse·khi·ya 58। दण्डपाणिdaṇ·ḍa·pā·ṇi

     Sekhiya 58. Daṇḍapāṇi

     Training 58: holding a staff

674. 674

     नna दण्डपाणिस्सdaṇ·ḍa·pā·ṇis·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na daṇḍapāṇissa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone holding a staff who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

675. 675

     सेखियse·khi·ya 59। सत्थपाणिsat·tha·pā·ṇi

     Sekhiya 59. Satthapāṇi

     Training 59: holding a knife

676. 676

     नna सत्थपाणिस्सsat·tha·pā·ṇis·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na satthapāṇissa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone holding a knife who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

677. 677

     सेखियse·khi·ya 60। आवुधपाणिā·vu·dha·pā·ṇi

     Sekhiya 60. Āvudhapāṇi

     Training 60: holding a weapon

678. 678

     नna आवुधपाणिस्सā·vu·dha·pā·ṇis·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na āvudhapāṇissa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone holding a weapon who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

679. 679

     सुरुसुरुवग्गोsu·ru·su·ru·vag·go छट्ठोchaṭ·ṭho

     Surusuruvaggo chaṭṭho

     The sixth subchapter on slurping is finished.

680. 680

     छप्तेर्chap·ter 7। पादुकpā·du·ka

     Chapter 7. Pāduka

     Chapter 7: shoes

681. 681

     सेखियse·khi·ya 61। पादुकpā·du·ka

     Sekhiya 61. Pāduka

     Training 61: wearing shoes

682. 682

     नna पादुकारुळ्हस्सpā·du·kā·ru·ḷhas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na pādukāruḷhassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone wearing shoes who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

683. 683

     सेखियse·khi·ya 62। उपाहनu·pā·ha·na

     Sekhiya 62. Upāhana

     Training 62: wearing sandals

684. 684

     नna उपाहनारुळ्हस्सu·pā·ha·nā·ru·ḷhas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na upāhanāruḷhassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone wearing sandals who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

685. 685

     सेखियse·khi·ya 63। यानyā·na

     Sekhiya 63. Yāna

     Training 63: sitting in a vehicle

686. 686

     नna यानगतस्सyā·na·ga·tas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na yānagatassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone in a vehicle who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

687. 687

     सेखियse·khi·ya 64। सयनsa·ya·na

     Sekhiya 64. Sayana

     Training 64: lying down

688. 688

     नna सयनगतस्सsa·ya·na·ga·tas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na sayanagatassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone lying down who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

689. 689

     सेखियse·khi·ya 65। पल्लत्थिकpal·lat·thi·ka

     Sekhiya 65. Pallatthika

     Training 65: clasping the knees

690. 690

     नna पल्लत्थिकायpal·lat·thi·kā·ya निसिन्नस्सni·sin·nas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na pallatthikāya nisinnassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone who is seated clasping their knees and who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

691. 691

     सेखियse·khi·ya 66। वेठितve·ṭhi·ta

     Sekhiya 66. Veṭhita

     Training 66: wearing a headdress

692. 692

     नna वेठितसीसस्सve·ṭhi·ta·sī·sas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na veṭhitasīsassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone with a headdress who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

693. 693

     सेखियse·khi·ya 67। ओगुण्ठितo·guṇ·ṭhi·ta

     Sekhiya 67. Oguṇṭhita

     Training 67: covering the head

694. 694

     नna ओगुण्ठितसीसस्सo·guṇ·ṭhi·ta·sī·sas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na oguṇṭhitasīsassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone with a covered head who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

695. 695

     सेखियse·khi·ya 68। छमाcha·mā

     Sekhiya 68. Chamā

     Training 68: sitting on the ground

696. 696

     नna छमायंcha·mā·yaṃ निसीदित्वाni·sī·dit·vā आसनेā·sa·ne निसिन्नस्सni·sin·nas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na chamāyaṁ nisīditvā āsane nisinnassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching while sitting on the ground to anyone sitting on a seat who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

697. 697

     सेखियse·khi·ya 69। नीचासनnī·cā·sa·na

     Sekhiya 69. Nīcāsana

     Training 69: sitting on a low seat

698. 698

     नna नीचेnī·ce आसनेā·sa·ne निसीदित्वाni·sī·dit·vā उच्चेuc·ce आसनेā·sa·ne निसिन्नस्सni·sin·nas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na nīce āsane nisīditvā ucce āsane nisinnassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching while sitting on a low seat to anyone sitting on a high seat who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

699. 699

     सेखियse·khi·ya 70। ठितṭhi·ta

     Sekhiya 70. Ṭhita

     Training 70: standing

700. 700

     नna ठितोṭhi·to निसिन्नस्सni·sin·nas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ṭhito nisinnassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching while standing to anyone sitting who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

701. 701

     सेखियse·khi·ya 71। पच्छतोगमनpac·cha·to·ga·ma·na

     Sekhiya 71. Pacchatogamana

     Training 71: walking behind

702. 702

     नna पच्छतोpac·cha·to गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to पुरतोpu·ra·to गच्छन्तस्सgac·chan·tas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na pacchato gacchanto purato gacchantassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching to anyone walking in front of me who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

703. 703

     सेखियse·khi·ya 72। उप्पथेनगमनup·pa·the·na·ga·ma·na

     Sekhiya 72. Uppathenagamana

     Training 72: walking next to the path

704. 704

     नna उप्पथेनup·pa·the·na गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to पथेनpa·the·na गच्छन्तस्सgac·chan·tas·sa अगिलानस्सa·gi·lā·nas·sa धम्मंdham·maṃ देसेस्सामीतिde·ses·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na uppathena gacchanto pathena gacchantassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘I will not give a teaching while walking next to the path to anyone walking on the path who is not sick,’ this is how you should train.

705. 705

     सेखियse·khi·ya 73। ठितोउच्चारṭhi·to·uc·cā·ra

     Sekhiya 73. Ṭhitouccāra

     Training 73: defecating while standing

706. 706

     नna ठितोṭhi·to अगिलानोa·gi·lā·no उच्चारंuc·cā·raṃ वाvā पस्सावंpas·sā·vaṃ वाvā करिस्सामीतिka·ris·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na ṭhito agilāno uccāraṁ vā passāvaṁ vā karissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘When not sick, I will not defecate or urinate while standing,’ this is how you should train.

707. 707

     सेखियse·khi·ya 74। हरितेउच्चारha·ri·te·uc·cā·ra

     Sekhiya 74. Hariteuccāra

     Training 74: defecating on cultivated plants

708. 708

     नna हरितेha·ri·te अगिलानोa·gi·lā·no उच्चारंuc·cā·raṃ वाvā पस्सावंpas·sā·vaṃ वाvā खेळंkhe·ḷaṃ वाvā करिस्सामीतिka·ris·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na harite agilāno uccāraṁ vā passāvaṁ vā kheḷaṁ vā karissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘When not sick, I will not defecate, urinate, or spit on cultivated plants,’ this is how you should train.

709. 709

     सेखियse·khi·ya 75। उदकेउच्चारu·da·ke·uc·cā·ra

     Sekhiya 75. Udakeuccāra

     Training 75: defecating in water

710. 710

     नna उदकेu·da·ke अगिलानोa·gi·lā·no उच्चारंuc·cā·raṃ वाvā पस्सावंpas·sā·vaṃ वाvā खेळंkhe·ḷaṃ वाvā करिस्सामीतिka·ris·sā·mī·ti सिक्खाsik·khā करणीया।ka·ra·ṇī·yā

     Na udake agilāno uccāraṁ vā passāvaṁ vā kheḷaṁ vā karissāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

     ‘When not sick, I will not defecate, urinate, or spit in water,’ this is how you should train.

711. 711

     पादुकवग्गोpā·du·ka·vag·go सत्तमोsat·ta·mo

     Pādukavaggo sattamo

     The seventh subchapter on shoes is finished.

712. 712

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खोkho आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to सेखियाse·khi·yā धम्मा।dham·mā

     Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto sekhiyā dhammā.

     Venerables, the rules of training have been recited.

713. 713

     तत्थायस्मन्तेtat·thā·yas·man·te पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     Tatthāyasmante pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

714. 714

     दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

715. 715

     ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

716. 716

     परिसुद्धेत्थायस्मन्तो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thā·yas·man·to तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

     parisuddhetthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

     You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

717. 717

     सेखियाse·khi·yā निट्ठिताniṭ·ṭhi·tā

     Sekhiyā niṭṭhitā

     The chapter on training is finished.

718. 718

     अधिकरणसमथाa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·thā

     Adhikaraṇasamathā

     The settling of legal issues

719. 719

     इमेi·me खोkho पनायस्मन्तोpa·nā·yas·man·to सत्तsat·ta अधिकरणसमथाa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·thā धम्माdham·mā उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छन्ति।ā·gac·chan·ti

     Ime kho panāyasmanto satta adhikaraṇasamathā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.

     Venerables, these seven principles for the settling of legal issues come up for recitation.

720. 720

     उप्पन्नुप्पन्नानंup·pan·nup·pan·nā·naṃ अधिकरणानंa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇā·naṃ समथायsa·ma·thā·ya वूपसमाय:vū·pa·sa·mā·ya

     Uppannuppannānaṁ adhikaraṇānaṁ samathāya vūpasamāya:

     For the settling and resolving of legal issues whenever they arise there is:

721. 721

     अधिकरणसमथa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·tha 1

     Adhikaraṇasamatha 1

     The settling of legal issues 1

722. 722

     सम्मुखाविनयोsam·mu·khā·vi·na·yo दातब्बो।dā·tab·bo

     Sammukhāvinayo dātabbo.

     Resolution face-to-face to be applied.

723. 723

     अधिकरणसमथa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·tha 2

     Adhikaraṇasamatha 2

     The settling of legal issues 2

724. 724

     सतिविनयोsa·ti·vi·na·yo दातब्बो।dā·tab·bo

     Sativinayo dātabbo.

     Resolution through recollection to be granted.

725. 725

     अधिकरणसमथa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·tha 3

     Adhikaraṇasamatha 3

     The settling of legal issues 3

726. 726

     अमूळ्हविनयोa·mū·ḷha·vi·na·yo दातब्बो।dā·tab·bo

     Amūḷhavinayo dātabbo.

     Resolution because of past insanity to be granted.

727. 727

     अधिकरणसमथa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·tha 4

     Adhikaraṇasamatha 4

     The settling of legal issues 4

728. 728

     पटिञ्ञायpa·ṭiñ·ñā·ya कारेतब्बं।kā·re·tab·baṃ

     Paṭiññāya kāretabbaṁ.

     Acting according to what has been admitted.

729. 729

     अधिकरणसमथa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·tha 5

     Adhikaraṇasamatha 5

     The settling of legal issues 5

730. 730

     येभुय्यसिका।ye·bhuy·ya·si·kā

     Yebhuyyasikā.

     Majority decision.

731. 731

     अधिकरणसमथa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·tha 6

     Adhikaraṇasamatha 6

     The settling of legal issues 6

732. 732

     तस्सपापियसिका।tas·sa·pā·pi·ya·si·kā

     Tassapāpiyasikā.

     Further penalty.

733. 733

     अधिकरणसमथa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·tha 7

     Adhikaraṇasamatha 7

     The settling of legal issues 7

734. 734

     तिणवत्थारकोति।ti·ṇa·vat·thā·ra·ko·ti

     Tiṇavatthārakoti.

     Covering over as if with grass.

735. 735

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā खोkho आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to सत्तsat·ta अधिकरणसमथाa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·thā धम्मा।dham·mā

     Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto satta adhikaraṇasamathā dhammā.

     Venerables, the seven principles for the settling of legal issues have been recited.

736. 736

     तत्थायस्मन्तेtat·thā·yas·man·te पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     Tatthāyasmante pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     In regard to this I ask you, ‘Are you pure in this?’

737. 737

     दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     dutiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A second time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

738. 738

     ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi पुच्छामि,puc·chā·mi कच्चित्थkac·cit·tha परिसुद्धा,pa·ri·sud·dhā

     tatiyampi pucchāmi, kaccittha parisuddhā,

     A third time I ask, ‘Are you pure in this?’

739. 739

     परिसुद्धेत्थायस्मन्तो,pa·ri·sud·dhet·thā·yas·man·to तस्माtas·mā तुण्ही,tuṇ·hī एवमेतंe·va·me·taṃ धारयामीति।dhā·ra·yā·mī·ti

     parisuddhetthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmīti.

     You are pure in this and therefore silent. I will remember it thus.

740. 740

     अधिकरणसमथाa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·thā निट्ठिताniṭ·ṭhi·tā

     Adhikaraṇasamathā niṭṭhitā

     The seven principles for the settling of legal issues are finished.

741. 741

     उद्दिट्ठंud·diṭ·ṭhaṃ खोkho आयस्मन्तोā·yas·man·to निदानं,ni·dā·naṃ

     Uddiṭṭhaṁ kho āyasmanto nidānaṁ,

     Venerables, the introduction has been recited;

742. 742

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā चत्तारोcat·tā·ro पाराजिकाpā·rā·ji·kā धम्मा,dham·mā

     uddiṭṭhā cattāro pārājikā dhammā,

     the four rules on expulsion have been recited;

743. 743

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā तेरसte·ra·sa सङ्घादिसेसाsaṅ·ghā·di·se·sā धम्मा,dham·mā

     uddiṭṭhā terasa saṅghādisesā dhammā,

     the thirteen rules on suspension have been recited;

744. 744

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā द्वेdve अनियताa·ni·ya·tā धम्मा,dham·mā

     uddiṭṭhā dve aniyatā dhammā,

     the two undetermined rules have been recited;

745. 745

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā तिंसtiṃ·sa निस्सग्गियाnis·sag·gi·yā पाचित्तियाpā·cit·ti·yā धम्मा,dham·mā

     uddiṭṭhā tiṁsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā dhammā,

     the thirty rules on relinquishment and confession have been recited;

746. 746

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā द्वेनवुतिdve·na·vu·ti पाचित्तियाpā·cit·ti·yā धम्मा,dham·mā

     uddiṭṭhā dvenavuti pācittiyā dhammā,

     the ninety-two rules on confession have been recited;

747. 747

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā चत्तारोcat·tā·ro पाटिदेसनीयाpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·yā धम्मा,dham·mā

     uddiṭṭhā cattāro pāṭidesanīyā dhammā,

     the four rules on acknowledgment have been recited;

748. 748

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā सेखियाse·khi·yā धम्मा,dham·mā

     uddiṭṭhā sekhiyā dhammā,

     the rules of training have been recited;

749. 749

     उद्दिट्ठाud·diṭ·ṭhā सत्तsat·ta अधिकरणसमथाa·dhi·ka·ra·ṇa·sa·ma·thā धम्मा।dham·mā

     uddiṭṭhā satta adhikaraṇasamathā dhammā.

     the seven principles for the settling of legal issues have been recited.

750. 750

     एत्तकंet·ta·kaṃ तस्सtas·sa भगवतोbha·ga·va·to सुत्तागतंsut·tā·ga·taṃ सुत्तपरियापन्नंsut·ta·pa·ri·yā·pan·naṃ अन्वद्धमासंan·vad·dha·mā·saṃ उद्देसंud·de·saṃ आगच्छति।ā·gac·cha·ti

     Ettakaṁ tassa bhagavato suttāgataṁ suttapariyāpannaṁ anvaddhamāsaṁ uddesaṁ āgacchati.

     This much has come down and is included in the Monastic Code of the Buddha and comes up for recitation every half-month.

751. 751

     तत्थtat·tha सब्बेहेवsab·be·he·va समग्गेहिsa·mag·ge·hi सम्मोदमानेहिsam·mo·da·mā·ne·hi अविवदमानेहिa·vi·va·da·mā·ne·hi सिक्खितब्बन्ति।sik·khi·tab·ban·ti

     Tattha sabbeheva samaggehi sammodamānehi avivadamānehi sikkhitabbanti.

     In regard to this everyone should train in unity, in concord, without dispute.”

752. 752

     वित्थारुद्देसोvit·thā·rud·de·so पञ्चमो।pañ·ca·mo

     Vitthāruddeso pañcamo.

     The fifth recitation, in detail, is finished.

753. 753

     भिक्खुपातिमोक्खंbhik·khu·pā·ti·mok·khaṃ निट्ठितंniṭ·ṭhi·taṃ

     Bhikkhupātimokkhaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ

     The Monastic Code for monks is finished.

754. 754

     नमोna·mo तस्सtas·sa भगवतोbha·ga·va·to अरहतोa·ra·ha·to सम्मासम्बुद्धस्सsam·mā·sam·bud·dhas·sa

     Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

     Homage to the Buddha, the Perfected One, the fully Awakened One.

Sources. Sanskrit: Satyavedaḥ, the New Testament in Sanskrit (Calcutta Baptist Missionaries, 1851; J. Wenger’s revision of W. Carey’s version). Digital text © 2018 SanskritBible.in, via eBible.org, licensed CC BY-SA 4.0; changed here: arranged by verse and every word linked to the dictionary (links made automatically). Old Testament Sanskrit: the Old Testament in Sanskrit, Calcutta Baptist Mission Press, 1848–1852 (public domain), read by OCR from the Internet Archive scans of the Boston University School of Theology copy; unproofread, with machine clean-up only. Pāli Canon: Mahāsaṅgīti Tipiṭaka Buddhavasse 2500 (based on the Vipassana Research Institute’s Chaṭṭha Saṅgāyana edition), from SuttaCentral bilara-data, CC0; Devanagari and pronunciation made automatically from the Roman text. Pāli English: Bhikkhu Sujato (suttas) and Bhikkhu Brahmali (Vinaya), SuttaCentral, CC0. Pāli word meanings: the Pali Text Society’s Pali-English Dictionary (Rhys Davids & Stede), corrected reprint © The Pali Text Society, CC BY-NC 3.0, digital text from BuddhaDust; word matching automatic. English: King James Version (1769), public domain; words the translators added are in italics. Word meanings and pronunciations: Monier-Williams, Sanskrit–English Dictionary (1872), via this site’s Sanskrit dictionary (CC BY-SA 4.0); English↔Sanskrit word matches made automatically and may need checking.